WO2024024508A1 - Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module - Google Patents

Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024024508A1
WO2024024508A1 PCT/JP2023/025709 JP2023025709W WO2024024508A1 WO 2024024508 A1 WO2024024508 A1 WO 2024024508A1 JP 2023025709 W JP2023025709 W JP 2023025709W WO 2024024508 A1 WO2024024508 A1 WO 2024024508A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compounds
compound
composition
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/025709
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
賢 鮫島
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024024508A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024024508A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B19/00Oxazine dyes
    • C09B19/02Bisoxazines prepared from aminoquinones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B47/00Porphines; Azaporphines
    • C09B47/04Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/04Isoindoline dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0083Solutions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a composition containing a pigment.
  • the present invention also relates to methods of manufacturing films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, and camera modules using the compositions.
  • Optical filters such as infrared cut filters and color filters are formed using a composition containing a dye, a curable compound, and a solvent (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and suppresses the occurrence of defects.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module using the composition.
  • the present invention provides the following. ⁇ 1> A composition containing a dye, a curable compound, and a solvent,
  • the solvent contains an aromatic compound having 8 or more carbon atoms and a molecular weight of 500 or less, A composition in which the content of the aromatic compound in the composition is 1 to 50,000 ppm by mass.
  • the above-mentioned dyes include a pyrrolopyrrole boron complex, a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, a subphthalocyanine compound, a porphyrin compound, a squarylium compound, a croconium compound, an iminium compound, an oxonol compound, a cyanine compound, a merocyanine compound, an aminium compound, an anthraquinone compound, selected from the group consisting of azo compounds, azomethine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, isoindoline compounds, triarylmethane compounds, xanthene compounds, pyrromethene compounds, indigo compounds, rylene compounds, perylene compounds, quaterrylene compounds, and quinacridone compounds
  • the composition according to ⁇ 1> which is at least one type.
  • ⁇ 4> The composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the aromatic compound has a ClogP value of -1.00 to 10.00.
  • ⁇ 5> The aromatic compound described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4> has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Composition of.
  • the above aromatic compounds include m-xylene, o-xylene, p-xylene, tetralin, diphenyl ether, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, p-cymene, o-cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyltoluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyl
  • the composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2> which is at least one member selected from the group consisting of toluene, 2-tert-butyltoluene, and 2,3,5-trimethylanisole.
  • the above solvent further includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol dimethyl ether acetate.
  • a method for producing a membrane including the step of applying the composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7> to a support.
  • a method for manufacturing an optical filter including the method for manufacturing the film according to ⁇ 8>.
  • a method for manufacturing a solid-state imaging device including the method for manufacturing the film according to ⁇ 8>.
  • a method for manufacturing an image display device including the method for manufacturing the film according to ⁇ 8>.
  • ⁇ 12> A method for manufacturing an infrared sensor including the method for manufacturing the film according to ⁇ 8>.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and suppresses the occurrence of defects. Furthermore, the present invention can provide methods for manufacturing films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, and camera modules using the compositions.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing one embodiment of an infrared sensor.
  • is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit.
  • the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the term "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for exposure include actinic rays or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • (meth)acrylate” represents acrylate and/or methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic represents both acrylic and/or methacrylic
  • (meth)acrylate” represents acrylic and/or methacrylate.
  • Acryloyl refers to either or both of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • infrared rays refer to light (electromagnetic waves) with a wavelength of 700 to 2,500 nm.
  • the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the term "process” is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include a process in which the intended effect of the process is achieved even if the process cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
  • composition of the present invention is a composition containing a dye, a curable compound, and a solvent,
  • the solvent contains an aromatic compound having 8 or more carbon atoms and a molecular weight of 500 or less, It is characterized in that the content of the aromatic compound in the composition is 1 to 50,000 ppm by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability and can form a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed.
  • the detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, but by containing a predetermined amount of an aromatic compound (hereinafter also referred to as a specific solvent) with a molecular weight of 500 or less, the specific solvent can prevent excessive interaction between dyes. It is presumed that this is because it was possible to suppress the aggregation of the dye by softening the stress, and as a result, it was possible to form a film that had excellent storage stability and suppressed the occurrence of defects.
  • an aromatic compound hereinafter also referred to as a specific solvent
  • the film obtained using the composition of the present invention also has excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
  • composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for optical filters.
  • optical filters include color filters, infrared cut filters, and infrared transmission filters, and infrared cut filters are preferred.
  • the composition of the invention contains a pigment.
  • the dye include infrared absorbing dyes and chromatic dyes.
  • the dye used in the composition of the present invention preferably contains an infrared absorbing dye.
  • infrared absorbing dyes have long conjugated systems in order to have absorption on the longer wavelength side. Therefore, infrared absorbing dyes tend to aggregate in the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention can more effectively prevent the aggregation of infrared absorbing dyes in the composition without impairing the aggregation formation of infrared absorbing dyes during film formation. Can be suppressed. Therefore, when a dye containing an infrared absorbing dye is used, the effects of the present invention are more pronounced.
  • Dyes include pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, subphthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, squarylium compounds, croconium compounds, iminium compounds, oxonol compounds, cyanine compounds, merocyanine compounds, aminium compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, and azomethine.
  • the pigment may be either a pigment or a dye, but it is preferable that it contains a pigment because the effects of the present invention are more pronounced.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but organic pigments are preferred because the effects of the present invention are more pronounced.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment using a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circular equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 pigment primary particles.
  • the primary particles of pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
  • the crystallite size determined from the half-value width of the peak derived from any crystal plane in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when the CuK ⁇ ray of the pigment is used as the X-ray source is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm, and preferably 0.1 to 100 nm. It is more preferably from 5 to 50 nm, even more preferably from 1 to 30 nm, and particularly preferably from 5 to 25 nm.
  • the specific surface area of the pigment is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less.
  • the value of the specific surface area is determined according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method. (Measurement of specific surface area of solids).
  • the infrared absorbing dye is preferably a compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 2000 nm, more preferably a compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 1500 nm, and has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 1200 nm. It is more preferable that the compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 690 to 900 nm, and it is particularly preferable that the compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 690 to 900 nm.
  • the infrared absorbing dye is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 2000 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 1500 nm, and It is more preferable that the compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 1,200 nm to 1200 nm, and particularly preferably the compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 690 to 900 nm.
  • Infrared absorbing dyes include pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, Examples include azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, boradiazine compounds, etc., and it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes, phthalocyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, and cyanine compounds, and pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes and More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of squarylium compounds.
  • the pyrrolopyrrole boron complex is preferably a compound represented by formula (PP-1).
  • Rp 1 and Rp 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • Rp 3 to Rp 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Rp 7 and Rp 8 each independently represent -BRp 11 Rp 12
  • Rp 11 and Rp 12 each independently represent a substituent
  • Rp 11 and Rp 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and even more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T shown below. Furthermore, when the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 have two or more substituents, the substituents may bond to each other to form a ring.
  • Rp 1 and Rp 2 are preferably each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • a preferred embodiment of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an embodiment in which Rp 1 and Rp 2 are each independently an alkyl group.
  • Another preferred embodiment of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an embodiment in which Rp 1 and Rp 2 are each independently an aryl group.
  • Another preferred embodiment of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an embodiment in which one of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an alkyl group and the other is an aryl group.
  • substituent T examples include the following groups.
  • Halogen atom e.g. fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom
  • alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkenyl group preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a heteroaryl group preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an amino group preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkoxy group preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryloxy group preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a heteroaryloxy group preferably a carbon Hetero
  • Rp 3 to Rp 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • R 3 and R 4 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group.
  • R 5 and R 6 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group.
  • a substituent having a positive Hammett's ⁇ p value acts as an electron-withdrawing group.
  • a substituent having a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.2 or more can be exemplified as an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the ⁇ p value is preferably 0.25 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, particularly preferably 0.35 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.80 or less.
  • electron-withdrawing groups include cyano group (0.66), carboxy group (-COOH: 0.45), alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, -COOCH 3 : 0.45), aryloxycarbonyl group ( For example, -COOCH 3 : 0.44), carbamoyl group (e.g. -CONH 2 : 0.36), alkylcarbonyl group (e.g. -COCH 3 : 0.50), arylcarbonyl group (e.g.
  • the electron-withdrawing group is preferably a cyano group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group, and more preferably a cyano group. That is, it is preferable that one of R 1 and R 2 and one of R 3 and R 4 in formula (1) are each a cyano group.
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 12.
  • Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and even more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the above heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups described above for the substituent T.
  • Rp 7 and Rp 8 in formula (PP-1) each independently represent -BRp 11 Rp 12 .
  • Substituents represented by Rp 11 and Rp 12 in the group represented by -BRp 11 Rp 12 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a heteroaryloxy group. It is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and even more preferably an aryl group.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group and the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group and alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but are preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group and alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the substituent include an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group and the aryloxy group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group and the aryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • the heteroaryl group and heteroaryloxy group may be a single ring or a fused ring.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl ring of the heteroaryl group and the heteroaryloxy group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatom constituting the heteroaryl ring is preferably a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the heteroaryl ring is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 18, even more preferably 1 to 12.
  • the heteroaryl ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the heteroaryl group and heteroaryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • Rp 11 and Rp 12 in the group represented by -BRp 11 Rp 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the ring formed include structures shown in formulas (B-1) to (B-5).
  • Rb represents a substituent
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • b1 to b3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4
  • b4 represents 0 to 4. It represents an integer of 6, and * represents a connecting hand.
  • substituents represented by Rb and Rb 1 to Rb 4 include the groups listed above for the substituent T, with halogen atoms, alkyl groups, and alkoxy groups being preferred.
  • the pyrrolopyrrole boron complex is a compound represented by formula (PP-2).
  • Lp 21 represents an n-valent linking group
  • Rp 21 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • Rp 22 to Rp 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Rp 26 and Rp 27 each independently represent -BRp 31 Rp 32
  • Rp 31 and Rp 32 each independently represent a substituent
  • Rp 31 and Rp 32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • n represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and more preferably 2.
  • the n-valent linking group represented by Lp 21 in formula (PP-2) includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO- , -OCO-, -SO 2 -, -NR L -, -NR L CO-, -CONR L -, -NR L SO 2 -, -SO 2 NR L -, and combinations thereof.
  • R L represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 2 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 10, particularly preferably 2 to 5.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Furthermore, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a monocyclic or fused ring aromatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a benzene ring group.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 18, and even more preferably 1 to 12.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T. Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R L is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group represented by R L may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include the substituent T described above.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R L is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group represented by R L may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and even more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above. Furthermore, when the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 21 has two or more substituents, the substituents may bond to each other to form a ring.
  • Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • Rp 22 to Rp 25 in formula (PP-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include the substituent T described above.
  • R 22 and R 23 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group.
  • R 24 and R 25 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the electron-withdrawing group include the groups mentioned above, and a cyano group is preferred.
  • a heteroaryl group is a heteroaryl group represented by either one of R 3 and R 4 in formula (PP-1), and a heteroaryl group represented by either one of R 5 and R 6 in formula (PP-1). Examples include the groups explained as follows, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • Rp 26 and Rp 27 in formula (PP-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BRp 31 Rp 32 or a metal atom, and -BRp 31 Rp 32 is preferred.
  • the substituents represented by Rp 31 and Rp 32 in the group represented by -BRp 31 Rp 32 in formula (PP-2) include Rp 11 in the group represented by -BRp 11 Rp 12 in formula (PP-1)
  • the substituents represented by Rp 12 include the groups described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • Rp 31 and Rp 32 in the group represented by -BRp 31 Rp 32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed include the structures shown in the above-mentioned formulas (B-1) to (B-5).
  • pyrrolopyrrole boron complex examples include compounds having the structures described in the examples below.
  • examples of the pyrrolopyrrole boron complex include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A No. 2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037 to 0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, and WO 2015/ Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0033 of No. 166873.
  • the squarylium compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (SQ1).
  • As 1 and As 2 each independently represent an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group represented by formula (As-1);
  • * represents a bond
  • Rs 1 to Rs 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • As 3 represents a heterocyclic group
  • n s1 represents an integer greater than or equal to 0, Rs 1 and Rs 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring, Rs 1 and As 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring, Rs 2 and Rs 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring,
  • the plurality of Rs 2 and Rs 3 may be the same or different.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by As 1 and As 2 is preferably 6 to 48, more preferably 6 to 22, and particularly preferably 6 to 12.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by As 1 , As 2 and As 3 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group. Further, the heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a fused ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 8 condensed rings; is more preferable, a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a fused ring heterocyclic group having 2 or 3 fused rings is more preferable, and a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a fused ring heterocyclic group having 2 fused rings is particularly preferable.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, and sulfur atom, with nitrogen atom and sulfur atom being preferred.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.
  • Rs 1 to Rs 3 in formula (As-1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Rs 1 to Rs 3 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched. It is preferable that Rs 1 to Rs 3 are hydrogen atoms.
  • n s1 in formula (As-1) represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • n s1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0.
  • Rs 1 and Rs 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • Rs 1 and As 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • Rs 2 and Rs 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the linking group for forming the above ring is preferably a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
  • the alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
  • the groups represented by As 1 and As 2 preferably have a substituent.
  • substituents include the substituent T described above.
  • As 1 and As 2 are each independently an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, or As 1 and As 2 are each independently a group represented by formula (As-1). It is preferable that there be.
  • squarylium compounds include compounds with structures described in the Examples below.
  • compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-208101 compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraphs of International Publication No. 2016/181987.
  • Examples of the boradiazine compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0103 to 0117 of JP-A No. 2015-040231.
  • Examples of cyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0045 of JP 2009-108267, compounds described in paragraph 0026 to 0030 of JP 2002-194040, and compounds described in JP 2015-172004.
  • Compounds described in JP 2015-172102, compounds described in JP 2008-088426, compounds described in paragraph number 0090 of WO 2016/190162, JP 2017-031394 Examples include the compounds described in .
  • phthalocyanine compounds examples include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A No. 2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A 2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP-A 2013-195480.
  • naphthalocyanine compounds examples include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A No. 2012-077153.
  • chromatic pigment examples include yellow pigments, orange pigments, red pigments, green pigments, purple pigments, and blue pigments.
  • red pigments examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds. is preferable, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound is more preferable.
  • the red dye is a pigment.
  • red pigments include C. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, Examples include red pigments such as 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297, and the like. Further
  • C. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 is particularly preferred.
  • the green pigment examples include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, preferably phthalocyanine compounds, and more preferably phthalocyanine pigments.
  • the green dye is a pigment.
  • green pigments include C. I. Examples include green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66.
  • halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments have an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. You can also use Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. Further, as the green pigment, a compound described in paragraph number 0029 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2020-070426, etc. can also be used.
  • C. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, 63 are preferred; I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred. used.
  • orange dyes include C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. orange pigments.
  • yellow pigments examples include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds.
  • Specific examples of yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166
  • an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
  • purple pigments include C.I. I.
  • Examples include purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
  • blue dyes include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc.
  • examples include pigments.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as the blue dye.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • Diarylmethane compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-504758 can also be used as the green dye or blue dye.
  • Pyrrolopyrrole pigments include those whose crystallite size in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1) crystal lattice planes is 140 ⁇ or less. It is also preferable to use Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are also preferably set as described in paragraph numbers 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
  • the pigment it is also preferable to use a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having a Raman spectrum described in Japanese Patent No. 6744002 from the viewpoint of improving spectral characteristics. Further, as the pigment, it is also preferable to use a dioxazine pigment with a controlled contact angle described in International Publication No. 2019/107166 from the viewpoint of viscosity adjustment.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic pigments.
  • dyes There are no particular restrictions on the dye, and known dyes can be used.
  • pyrazole azo series, anilinoazo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonol series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, xanthene series Examples include phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes.
  • Pigment multimers can also be used as chromatic pigments.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye that is dissolved in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A No. 2015-214682.
  • the dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • the plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may be the same dye structure or may be different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are described in JP 2011-213925, JP 2013-041097, JP 2015-028144, JP 2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
  • triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP 2020-117638, and phthalocyanines described in International Publication No. 2020/174991 are used.
  • 10-2020-0069067 Compound represented by formula 1, compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment described in Patent No. 6809649, JP 2020-180176 Publication
  • the isoindoline compound described in JP 2021-187913, the phenothiazine compound described in JP 2021-187913, the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine described in WO 2022/004261, the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine described in WO 2021/250883 can be used.
  • the chromatic dye may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in a cyclic structure of the rotaxane, a rod-like structure, or both structures.
  • a chromatic coloring agent a quinophthalone compound represented by formula 1 of Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, a polymer dye described in Korean Publication Patent No. 10-2020-0061793, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-029701. You may use the coloring agent described in WO 2022/014635, the isoindoline compound described in WO 2022/024926, and the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2022/024926.
  • Two or more chromatic dyes may be used in combination. Furthermore, when two or more chromatic pigments are used in combination, black may be formed by a combination of two or more chromatic pigments. Examples of such combinations include the following embodiments (1) to (7).
  • the composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter. It can be preferably used.
  • Embodiment containing a red pigment and a blue pigment (2) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a yellow pigment.
  • An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a violet pigment An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, a purple pigment, and a green pigment.
  • Embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a green pigment An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a green pigment.
  • the content of the pigment in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.5 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the content of pigment in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.5 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the content of pigment in the dye is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
  • the content of the infrared absorbing dye in the dye is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass, and substantially absorbs infrared rays. Particularly preferred is only an absorbing dye.
  • the case where the dye is substantially only an infrared absorbing dye means that the content of the infrared absorbing dye in the dye is 99% by mass or more, and 99.9% by mass or more
  • the composition of the invention contains a curable compound.
  • the curable compound include polymerizable compounds, resins, and the like.
  • the resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (resin that does not have a polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (resin that has a polymerizable group).
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, vinylphenyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (meth)acryloylamide group, etc. Allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group and (meth)acryloyloxy group are preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferred.
  • Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with an epoxy group being preferred.
  • the curable compound it is preferable to use one containing at least a resin.
  • a resin and a polymerizable compound preferably a polymerizable monomer that is a monomer-type polymerizable compound
  • the curable compound is preferable, and it is more preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • polymerizable compound examples include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, a compound having an alkoxymethyl group, and the like.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound.
  • a compound having a cyclic ether group can be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable compound.
  • resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having polymerizable groups.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2,000, more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760, paragraph 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970, and JP 2013-253224. Described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph number 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, JP 6031807, JP 2017-194662. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product: KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available)
  • Examples of commercially available products include KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acryloyl group
  • diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei
  • pentaerythritol tetraacrylate Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • NK ester A-TMMT 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate
  • RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Aronix TO-2349 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropanepropylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropaneethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as modified tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A No. 2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Examples of compounds having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120, which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used.
  • Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. More preferably, it is a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • SR-494 a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and trifunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • examples include KAYARAD TPA-330.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group it is also preferable to use a compound substantially free of environmentally regulated substances such as toluene.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, etc., and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of compounds having epoxy groups include compounds having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably 2 or more.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular compound (for example, molecular weight less than 1000) or a macromolecule (for example, molecular weight 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • Examples of compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2013-011869, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and JP-A No. 2014. Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-089408 and compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
  • Examples of compounds having a methylol group include compounds in which a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group include compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated Preferred are urea and methylolated urea. Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 and paragraphs 0095 to 0126 of JP-A No. 2014-089408 can also be used.
  • the composition of the present invention can use a resin as a curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments and the like in the composition or for use as a binder.
  • a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments and the like in a composition is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • this use of the resin is just one example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this use.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • resins include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, Examples include polyamide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, and polyurea resin. One type of these resins may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (eg, ARTON F4520).
  • the resins include the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP 2017-057265, the resin described in JP 2017-032685, and the resin described in JP 2017-032685.
  • a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used.
  • the description in US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • examples of the resin include resins described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP2020-186373A, alkali-soluble resins described in JP2020-186325A, and Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339.
  • a copolymer containing an epoxy group and an acid group described in International Publication No. 2022/030445 can also be used.
  • a resin having acid groups examples include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. The number of these acid groups may be one, or two or more.
  • a resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer") is used. It is also preferable to include.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description in JP-A No. 2010-168539 can be referred to.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol % or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
  • the acid group that the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) has is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group that the basic dispersant has is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as a dispersant is a graft resin.
  • the descriptions in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A No. 2012-255128 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as a dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the resin has The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as the dispersant has a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0209 of JP-A No. 2013-043962.
  • the resin used as a dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 70 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is mol%.
  • resins described in JP 2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraph numbers 0219 to 0221 of Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain as described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, block copolymer as described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit as described in JP-A No. 2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A No. 2020-066688, etc. can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, the Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd. Examples include the Ajisper series manufactured by Manufacturer. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP 2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP 2017-194662A can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the content of the curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 94% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, even more preferably 85% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition. % is preferred.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 1 to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • composition of the present invention may contain only one type of curable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of curable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • the solvent contained in the composition of the present invention contains an aromatic compound (specific solvent) having 8 or more carbon atoms and a molecular weight of 500 or less.
  • the melting point of the specific solvent is preferably 30°C or lower, more preferably 20°C or lower, and even more preferably 0°C or lower.
  • the molecular weight of the specific solvent is 500 or less, preferably 300 or less, and more preferably 200 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 104 or more.
  • the specific solvent preferably has a boiling point of 100 to 350°C.
  • the upper limit is preferably 260°C or lower, more preferably 220°C or lower.
  • the lower limit is preferably 110°C or higher, more preferably 120°C or higher.
  • the ClogP value of the specific solvent is preferably -1.00 to 10.00.
  • the upper limit is preferably 7.00 or less, more preferably 5.00 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.50 or more, more preferably 1.00 or more.
  • the CLogP value is a calculated value of LogP, which is the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P of 1-octanol/water.
  • the CLogP value is determined by ChemDraw Professional ver. This is a value obtained by predictive calculation using 20.1.1.125 (manufactured by PerkinElmer).
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient of the specific solvent in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less, more preferably 5 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less, More preferably, it is 1 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less.
  • the specific solvent is preferably a compound containing a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and optionally further containing an atom selected from an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a halogen atom; Furthermore, it is more preferable that the compound is a compound that may contain an oxygen atom, and even more preferable that it is a compound formed only of carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms.
  • specific solvents include m-xylene, o-xylene, p-xylene, tetralin, diphenyl ether, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, and p-xylene.
  • Specific solvents include m-xylene, o-xylene, p-xylene, tetralin, diphenyl ether, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, p-cymene, o -cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyltoluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyltoluene, 2-tert -Butyltoluene, 2,3,5-trimethylanisole, methyl o-toluate, 1,2-dimethylnaphthalene, 2-methylbenzotrifluoride, 1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene, 4-ethyl-
  • the solvent contained in the composition of the present invention further contains a solvent other than the above-mentioned specific solvent (hereinafter also referred to as other solvent).
  • solvents include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
  • paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Ester solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbide Tall acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N
  • solvents include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate and anisole. It is preferable that it contains at least one kind selected from the group consisting of:
  • the content of the other solvent in the solvent is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, and even more preferably 99% by mass or more.
  • the content of the above-mentioned specific solvent in the composition is 1 to 50,000 ppm by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10,000 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 mass ppm or more, more preferably 5 mass ppm or more, and even more preferably 10 mass ppm or more.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10 to 97% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above.
  • the upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the content of the above-mentioned other solvents in the composition is preferably 10 to 97% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above.
  • the upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of solvent, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the invention may further contain a pigment derivative.
  • a pigment derivative When the dye used in the composition of the present invention contains a pigment, it is preferred that the composition of the present invention further contains a pigment derivative.
  • Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersion aids. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a pigment structure and a triazine structure, and an acid group or a basic group.
  • the above pigment skeletons include squarylium pigment skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, benzisoindole pigment skeleton, thiazine indigo pigment skeleton, and azo pigment skeleton.
  • Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonamide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, Examples include phosphonium ions.
  • As the carboxylic acid amide group a group represented by -NHCOR A1 is preferable.
  • a group represented by -NHSO 2 R A2 is preferable.
  • the imide acid group is preferably a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 , -CONHSO 2 R A4 , -CONHCOR A5 or -SO 2 NHCOR A6 , and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 is more preferred.
  • R A1 to R A6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R A1 to R A6 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group.
  • Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • pigment derivatives include compounds described in Examples below.
  • Pigment derivatives include compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, compounds described in JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-009961.
  • Compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, compounds described in JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669 Compounds described in JP-A No. 06-145546, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-212088, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-240158, compounds described in JP-A No.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range are preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and the like.
  • photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, and hexaarylbylene compounds.
  • imidazole compounds onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketones
  • the compound is more preferably a compound selected from a compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • photopolymerization initiators compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole, etc. can be mentioned.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, and Irgacure 117. 3, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all BASF (manufactured by a company).
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 36.
  • Irgacure 369E Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF) (manufactured by).
  • Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF), and the like.
  • Examples of oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166, and the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166.
  • oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A No. 2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444, Examples include fluorenylaminoketone photoinitiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-507664 and oxime ester compounds described in International Publication No. 2021/023144.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring is also possible.
  • Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2013-164471. Examples include compound (C-3).
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is in the form of a dimer.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466, Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, and Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • photopolymerization initiator it is also possible to use an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton.
  • photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably from 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably from 2000 to 300,000, and even more preferably from 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable that there be.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
  • a difunctional, trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is reduced and the solubility in solvents is improved, making it difficult to precipitate over time, thereby improving the stability of the composition over time.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiators include those listed in Japanese Translated Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Translated Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight, and even more preferably 1 to 30% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types of photopolymerization initiators. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group
  • the composition further contains a curing agent.
  • the curing agent include amine compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amide compounds, phenol compounds, polyhydric carboxylic acids, and thiol compounds.
  • Specific examples of the curing agent include succinic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), and the like.
  • the curing agent compounds described in paragraph numbers 0072 to 0078 of JP-A No. 2016-075720 and compounds described in JP-A No.
  • the content of the curing agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.1 to 6.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group. is even more preferable.
  • the composition of the invention contains a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone surfactant or a fluorine surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • fluorine-based surfactant compounds described in paragraph numbers 0167 to 0169 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a (meth) having a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group, propyleneoxy group)
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A No. 2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-containing surfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example 14,000. In the above compounds, % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A No. 2010-164965, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, Examples include RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A No. 2015-117327 can also be used.
  • a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) is also preferable to use as a surfactant.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • a represents 1 or 2
  • X a+ represents an a-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion
  • a Re represents a secondary ammonium ion, a tertiary ammonium ion, a quaternary ammonium ion, or NH 4 + .
  • nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Japan
  • cationic surfactant examples include tetraalkylammonium salts, alkylamine salts, benzalkonium salts, alkylpyridium salts, imidazolium salts, and the like. Specific examples include dihydroxyethylstearylamine, 2-heptadecenyl-hydroxyethylimidazoline, lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, stearamidemethylpyridium chloride, and the like.
  • Anionic surfactants include dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonate, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, potassium oleate, sodium dioctyl Sulfosuccinate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, sodium oleate, t-octylphenoxyethoxypolyethoxyethyl Examples include sodium sulfate salt.
  • silicone surfactants examples include SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4440, TS F-4300 , TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 0.5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of surfactant, or may contain two or more kinds of surfactants. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.), with p-methoxyphenol being preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond through at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, mercapto groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, amino groups, ureido groups, sulfide groups, isocyanate groups, and phenyl groups. (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred.
  • Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0066 of JP-A No. 2009-242604, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Incorporated into the specification.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention can contain a UV absorber.
  • the ultraviolet absorber include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, dibenzoyl compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraphs 0317 to 0317 of JP2013-068814A.
  • UV absorbers include the Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF.
  • examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Yushi (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016).
  • compounds described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Patent No. 6268967 and paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of International Publication No. 2016/181987 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types of ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • compositions of the invention may contain antioxidants.
  • the antioxidant include phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, and the like.
  • examples of phenolic antioxidants include hindered phenol compounds.
  • the phenolic antioxidant is preferably a compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position).
  • the above-mentioned substituents are preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • the antioxidant is a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), and JP-650 (manufactured by Johoku Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.).
  • the antioxidants include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, and Korean Publication No.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of antioxidant, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.). agent, peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension regulator, chain transfer agent, etc.).
  • sensitizers curing accelerators
  • fillers thermosetting accelerators
  • plasticizers plasticizers
  • auxiliary agents e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.
  • agent peeling accelerator
  • fragrance surface tension regulator
  • chain transfer agent etc.
  • the composition of the present invention may also contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • a latent antioxidant is a compound whose moiety that functions as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. Examples include compounds that function as antioxidants by removing protective groups. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in WO 2014/021023, WO 2017/030005, and JP 2017-008219. Commercially available latent antioxidants include Adeka Arcles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • compositions of the invention are substantially free of terephthalic acid esters.
  • “substantially not containing” means that the content of terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the resin composition, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, Particularly preferred is zero.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
  • the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Examples of methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification using ion-exchange resins.
  • the container for storing the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known container can be used.
  • any known container in order to prevent impurities from entering raw materials and compositions, we use multi-layer bottles whose inner walls are made of 6 types of 6 layers of resin, and bottles with 7 layers of 6 types of resin as storage containers. It is also preferable to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A No. 2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass, stainless steel, or the like for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, increasing stability of the composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
  • composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the components described above.
  • the composition may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing all the components in a solvent at the same time, or if necessary, two or more solutions or dispersions containing each component may be prepared in advance.
  • the composition may be prepared by mixing these at the time of use (at the time of application).
  • the preparation of the composition may include a process of dispersing the pigment.
  • mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like.
  • pulverizing pigments in a sand mill (bead mill) it is preferable to use small-diameter beads or increase the filling rate of the beads, thereby increasing the pulverizing efficiency.
  • the process and dispersion machine for dispersing pigments are described in ⁇ Complete Works of Dispersion Technology, Published by Information Technology Corporation, July 15, 2005'' and ⁇ Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) and industrial
  • the process and dispersion machine described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A, "Practical Application Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be suitably used.
  • the pigment may be subjected to a finer treatment in a salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc.
  • Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass.
  • an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
  • the composition When preparing the composition, it is preferable to filter the composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects.
  • a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects.
  • Examples of the type of filter and filtration method used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0199 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
  • the method for producing a membrane of the present invention includes the step of applying the composition of the present invention to a support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. Examples include transparent base materials, silicon substrates, and the like. A charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface. The surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferable that the angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
  • the transparent base material is not particularly limited as long as it is made of a material that can transmit at least visible light.
  • Examples include base materials made of materials such as glass and resin.
  • resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers, acrylic resins such as norbornene resins, polyacrylates, and polymethyl methacrylates, urethane resins, and vinyl chloride resins. , fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, and the like.
  • the glass include soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and glass containing copper.
  • glass containing copper examples include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like.
  • a commercially available glass containing copper can also be used.
  • Examples of commercially available glass containing copper include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.).
  • a known method can be used to apply the composition.
  • Various methods such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexo printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Examples include printing method; transfer method using a mold etc.; nanoimprint method.
  • the application method for inkjet is not particularly limited, and for example, the method shown in "Expanding and Usable Inkjet - Infinite Possibilities Seen in Patents," Published February 2005, Sumibe Techno Research (especially from page 115).
  • JP-A No. 2003-262716, JP-A No. 2003-185831, JP-A No. 2003-261827, JP-A No. 2012-126830, JP-A No. 2006-169325, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the composition layer formed by applying the composition may be dried (prebaked).
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher.
  • the prebake time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed using a hot plate, oven, or the like.
  • the film manufacturing method may further include a step of forming a pattern.
  • the pattern forming method include a pattern forming method using a photolithography method and a pattern forming method using a dry etching method, and a pattern forming method using a photolithography method is preferable. Note that when the film of the present invention is used as a flat film, the step of forming a pattern may not be performed. Hereinafter, the process of forming a pattern will be described in detail.
  • the pattern forming method using the photolithography method includes a step of exposing a composition layer formed by applying the composition of the present invention to light in a pattern (exposure step), and developing and removing the unexposed portions of the composition layer. It is preferable to include a step of forming a pattern (developing step). If necessary, a step of baking the developed pattern (post-bake step) may be provided. Each step will be explained below.
  • the composition layer is exposed in a pattern.
  • the composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the composition layer to light through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. This allows the exposed portion to be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used during exposure includes g-line, i-line, etc. Furthermore, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm). Furthermore, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and pauses in short cycles (for example, on the millisecond level or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being carried out in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially
  • the exposure may be performed in an oxygen-free environment (in the absence of oxygen), or in a high oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume %, or 50 volume %).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000W/m 2 to 100000W/m 2 (for example, 5000W/m 2 , 15000W/m 2 , or 35000W/m 2 ). Can be done.
  • the oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined.
  • the illumination intensity may be 10,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume, or 20,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
  • the unexposed portions of the composition layer after exposure are removed by development to form a pattern.
  • the composition layer in the unexposed area can be removed by development using a developer.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds.
  • the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
  • Examples of the developer include organic solvents and alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferably used.
  • the developer and cleaning method after development the developer and cleaning method described in paragraph number 0214 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-bake are post-development curing processing to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C.
  • Post-baking can be carried out in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or high-frequency heater to maintain the developed film under the above conditions.
  • the light used for exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pattern formation by the dry etching method involves applying the above composition onto a support and curing the composition layer to form a cured product layer, and then forming a patterned photoresist layer on this cured product layer. This can be carried out by forming a patterned photoresist layer as a mask, and dry etching the cured material layer using an etching gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to perform a prebaking process. Regarding pattern formation by the dry etching method, the descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A No. 2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
  • the thickness of the film produced by the film production method of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose.
  • the film thickness can be 200 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or less, 120 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or less, 10 ⁇ m or less, and 5 ⁇ m or less. You can also do that.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film obtained by the film manufacturing method of the present invention can be preferably used as an optical filter.
  • Applications of the optical filter are not particularly limited, but include infrared cut filters, infrared transmission filters, and the like.
  • Examples of the infrared cut filter include an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of the solid-state image sensor (for example, an infrared cut filter for a wafer level lens, etc.), and an infrared cut filter on the back side of the solid-state image sensor (opposite side to the light receiving side).
  • infrared cut filters for environmental light sensors (for example, illuminance sensors that detect the illuminance and color tone of the environment in which the information terminal device is placed and adjust the color tone of the display, and color correction sensors that adjust the color tone). It will be done. In particular, it can be preferably used as an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of a solid-state image sensor. Examples of the infrared transmission filter include a filter that can block visible light and selectively transmit infrared rays having a specific wavelength or more.
  • the film obtained by the film manufacturing method of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCD (charge coupled device) and CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), infrared sensors, and image display devices. can.
  • solid-state imaging devices such as CCD (charge coupled device) and CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor)
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • infrared sensors and image display devices. can.
  • the method of manufacturing an optical filter of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention described above.
  • Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters.
  • the optical filter may further include a layer containing copper, a dielectric multilayer film, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, etc.
  • the ultraviolet absorbing layer include the absorbing layers described in paragraph numbers 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication No. 2015/099060.
  • the dielectric multilayer film include the dielectric multilayer films described in paragraph numbers 0255 to 0259 of JP-A No. 2014-041318.
  • the layer containing copper a glass substrate made of glass containing copper (copper-containing glass substrate) or a layer containing a copper complex (copper complex-containing layer) can also be used.
  • the copper-containing glass substrate include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like.
  • copper-containing glasses include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.), BG-60, BG-61 (all manufactured by Schott Co., Ltd.), and CD5000 (manufactured by HOYA Co., Ltd.).
  • the method of manufacturing a solid-state image sensor of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state image sensor. For example, the following configurations may be mentioned.
  • the support there is a plurality of photodiodes that constitute the light-receiving area of the solid-state image sensor and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon, etc., and a light-shielding material made of tungsten or the like with only the light-receiving part of the photodiode opened above the photodiode and transfer electrode.
  • a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion, and a color filter is provided on the device protective film.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which a film forming each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a lattice shape by partition walls.
  • the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each pixel. Examples of an imaging device having such a structure include devices described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 2012-227478 and 2014-179577.
  • the method of manufacturing an image display device of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention.
  • the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device.
  • organic EL organic electroluminescence
  • image display devices see, for example, “Electronic Display Devices (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Industrial Research Institute Co., Ltd., 1990)” and “Display Devices (written by Junaki Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., published in 1989). Publication)” etc.
  • the image display device may include a white organic EL element.
  • the white organic EL element preferably has a tandem structure.
  • the spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430 to 485 nm), green region (530 to 580 nm), and yellow region (580 to 620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, it is more preferable to have a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 to 700 nm).
  • the infrared sensor of the present invention includes the method for manufacturing the film of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the infrared sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor. An embodiment of an infrared sensor will be described below with reference to the drawings.
  • reference numeral 110 indicates a solid-state image sensor.
  • An infrared cut filter 111 and an infrared transmission filter 114 are arranged on the imaging area of the solid-state image sensor 110.
  • a color filter 112 is arranged on the infrared cut filter 111.
  • a microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light hv side of the color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 114.
  • a flattening layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115.
  • an infrared cut filter other than the infrared cut filter 111 may be further disposed on the flattening layer 116.
  • Other infrared cut filters include those having a layer containing copper and/or a dielectric multilayer film. Details of these are mentioned above.
  • a dual band pass filter may be used as another infrared cut filter.
  • the method of manufacturing a camera module of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention described above.
  • the camera module further includes a lens and a circuit that processes images obtained from the solid-state image sensor.
  • the solid-state image sensor used in the camera module may be the solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure described above, or may be a known solid-state image sensor.
  • the lens used in the camera module and the circuit that processes the image obtained from the solid-state image sensor known ones can be used.
  • camera modules described in JP-A No. 2016-006476 and JP-A No. 2014-197190 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
  • PPB-A-1 to PPB-A-3 Compounds with the following structure (infrared absorbing pigments) SQ-A-1, SQ-A-2: Compounds with the following structure (infrared absorbing pigments) PR254: C. I. Pigment Red 254 (red pigment) PB15:6: C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (blue pigment) PV23: C. I. Pigment Violet 23 (purple pigment) PG58: C. I. Pigment Green 58 (green pigment) PY185: C. I. Pigment Yellow 185 (yellow pigment)
  • (dispersant) D-1 A resin with the following structure (the number added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number added to the side chain represents the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 38,900, acid value 99.1 mgKOH/g) was added to propylene.
  • a dye solution was prepared by mixing 8.02 parts by mass of the pigment (dye) listed in the table below and 91.98 parts by mass of the solvent listed in the table below.
  • composition After mixing each material in the proportions of formulations 1 to 4 shown below, adjust the content of the specific solvent so that the content of the specific solvent contained in the composition becomes the content listed in the table below, Next, each composition was manufactured by filtering through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 ⁇ m.
  • E-1 Copolymer resin of benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid, and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight 14,000, acid value 77 mgKOH/g, alkali-soluble resin)
  • E-2 ARTON F4520 (manufactured by JSR Corporation, cyclic polyolefin resin)
  • E-3 Resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 40,000, acid value 100 mgKOH/g, the numerical value appended to the main chain represents the mass ratio of repeating units. Alkali-soluble resin)
  • M-1 Aronix M-305 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate. The content of pentaerythritol triacrylate is 55% by mass to 63% by mass.)
  • M-2 KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ethylene oxide modified pentaerythritol tetraacrylate)
  • M-3 Aronix M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomer)
  • C-1 Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, oxime ester initiator)
  • C-2 Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime ester initiator)
  • C-3 Omnirad 907 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone initiator)
  • F-1 Glycidyl methacrylate skeleton random polymer (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Marproof G-0150M, weight average molecular weight 10,000)
  • F-2 EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation, novolac type epoxy resin)
  • F-3 JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, polyfunctional epoxy resin)
  • F-4 EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation, 1,2-epoxy-4-(2-oxiranyl)cyclohexane adduct of 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol)
  • H-1 Megafac RS-72-K (manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluorine-based surfactant)
  • H-2 Compound with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14,000, the numerical value of % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%)
  • H-3 KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., polydimethylsiloxane modified with carbinol at both ends, hydroxyl value 62 mgKOH/g)
  • Q-1 Mesitylene (boiling point 164.7°C, melting point -44.8°C, ClogP value 3.639, molecular weight 120)
  • Q-2 2-propyltoluene (boiling point 177°C, melting point -68°C, ClogP value 4.148, molecular weight 134)
  • Q-3 Tetralin (boiling point 207°C, melting point -35.8°C, ClogP value 3.714, molecular weight 132)
  • Q-4 Propylbenzene (boiling point 159°C, melting point -99°C, ClogP value 3.699, molecular weight 120)
  • Q-5 tert-butylbenzene (boiling point 168°C, melting point -58°C, ClogP value 3.968, molecular weight 134)
  • Q-6 Diphenyl ether (boiling point 258°C, melting point 25°C, ClogP value 4.24, molecular weight 1
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient of the specific solvents Q-1 to Q-11, q-1, and q-2 in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is all 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less.
  • ⁇ Evaluation of light resistance> The transmittance of the obtained membrane was measured. Next, this film was set in a fading tester equipped with a super xenon lamp (100,000 lux), and a light resistance test was performed by irradiating it with 100,000 lux light for 50 hours without using a UV cut filter. Ta. Next, the transmittance of the film after the light resistance test was measured. The amount of change in transmittance ( ⁇ T) at each wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 1200 nm is determined for the film before and after the light resistance test, and the light resistance is determined based on the largest value of ⁇ T in the entire measurement wavelength range using the following criteria. was evaluated. The smaller the value of ⁇ T, the better the light resistance.
  • the transmittance of the film was measured using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Corporation, UH-4150).
  • Amount of change in transmittance ( ⁇ T)
  • the examples have excellent storage stability and can form a film with suppressed defects.
  • 110 solid-state image sensor
  • 111 infrared cut filter
  • 112 color filter
  • 114 infrared transmission filter
  • 115 microlens
  • 116 flattening layer

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)

Abstract

This composition contains a colorant, a curable compound and a solvent. The solvent contains an aromatic compound having 8 or more carbon atoms and having a molecular weight of 500 or less. The content of the aromatic compound in the composition is 1-50,000 ppm by mass. Also provided are a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, an infrared radiation sensor and a method for producing a camera module in which the composition is used.

Description

組成物、ならびに、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールの製造方法Compositions, and methods for producing films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, and camera modules
 本発明は、色素を含む組成物に関する。また、本発明は、組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a composition containing a pigment. The present invention also relates to methods of manufacturing films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, and camera modules using the compositions.
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。固体撮像素子には、赤外線カットフィルタやカラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタが用いられている。 In recent years, with the spread of digital cameras, camera-equipped mobile phones, etc., demand for solid-state image sensors such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. Optical filters such as infrared cut filters and color filters are used in solid-state image sensors.
 赤外線カットフィルタやカラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタは、色素と硬化性化合物と溶剤とを含む組成物を用いて形成することが行われている(特許文献1、2参照)。 Optical filters such as infrared cut filters and color filters are formed using a composition containing a dye, a curable compound, and a solvent (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
特開2016-017152号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-017152 特開2022-021823号公報JP2022-021823A
 近年、固体撮像素子においては、小型化や薄膜化の要求が強い。このため、固体撮像素子に用いられる赤外線カットフィルタやカラーフィルタなどの色素を含む膜についても、近年では、より薄膜化されることが望まれている。所望の分光性能を維持しつつ薄膜化を達成するためには、膜形成に用いる組成物中の色素濃度を高めることが必要である。 In recent years, there has been a strong demand for smaller size and thinner solid-state image sensors. For this reason, in recent years, it has been desired that dye-containing films such as infrared cut filters and color filters used in solid-state imaging devices be made thinner. In order to achieve thinning of the film while maintaining the desired spectral performance, it is necessary to increase the dye concentration in the composition used for film formation.
 しかしながら、組成物の全固形分中の色素濃度が高くなるに伴い、相対的に色素以外の成分の割合が少なくなるので、製膜時や組成物の保管時に、色素が凝集し易くなり、膜中に欠陥が発生し易い傾向にあることが分かった。 However, as the dye concentration in the total solid content of the composition increases, the proportion of components other than the dye becomes relatively small, so the dye tends to aggregate during film formation or storage of the composition, resulting in a film It was found that defects tend to occur easily.
 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性に優れ、欠陥の発生の抑制された膜を形成することができる組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールの製造方法を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and suppresses the occurrence of defects. Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module using the composition.
 本発明は以下を提供する。
 <1> 色素と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤とを含む組成物であって、
 上記溶剤は、炭素数が8以上で、分子量が500以下である芳香族化合物を含み、
 上記組成物中における上記芳香族化合物の含有量が1~50000質量ppmである、組成物。
 <2> 上記色素は、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、サブフタロシアニン化合物、ポルフィリン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、クロコニウム化合物、イミニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、シアニン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、アミニウム化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キノフタロン化合物、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、イソインドリン化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、キサンテン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、インジゴ化合物、リレン化合物、ペリレン化合物、クアテリレン化合物およびキナクリドン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<1>に記載の組成物。
 <3> 上記芳香族化合物の沸点が100~350℃である、<1>または<2>に記載の組成物。
 <4> 上記芳香族化合物のClogP値が-1.00~10.00である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <5> 上記芳香族化合物は、波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値が10L・mol-1・cm-1以下である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <6> 上記芳香族化合物は、m-キシレン、o-キシレン、p-キシレン、テトラリン、ジフェニルエーテル、メシチレン、イソブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、n-ブチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、クメン、p-シメン、o-シメン、1,2,4-トリメチルベンゼン、1,2,3-トリメチルベンゼン、2-エチルトルエン、3-エチルトルエン、4-エチルトルエン、1,3-ジエチルベンゼン、2-プロピルトルエン、2-tert-ブチルトルエンおよび2,3,5-トリメチルアニソールからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<1>または<2>に記載の組成物。
 <7> 上記溶剤は、更に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、シクロヘキサノン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールジアセテートおよびアニソールからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <8> <1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物を支持体に塗布する工程を含む膜の製造方法。
 <9> <8>に記載の膜の製造方法を含む光学フィルタの製造方法。
 <10> <8>に記載の膜の製造方法を含む固体撮像素子の製造方法。
 <11> <8>に記載の膜の製造方法を含む画像表示装置の製造方法。
 <12> <8>に記載の膜の製造方法を含む赤外線センサの製造方法。
 <13> <8>に記載の膜の製造方法を含むカメラモジュールの製造方法。
The present invention provides the following.
<1> A composition containing a dye, a curable compound, and a solvent,
The solvent contains an aromatic compound having 8 or more carbon atoms and a molecular weight of 500 or less,
A composition in which the content of the aromatic compound in the composition is 1 to 50,000 ppm by mass.
<2> The above-mentioned dyes include a pyrrolopyrrole boron complex, a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, a subphthalocyanine compound, a porphyrin compound, a squarylium compound, a croconium compound, an iminium compound, an oxonol compound, a cyanine compound, a merocyanine compound, an aminium compound, an anthraquinone compound, selected from the group consisting of azo compounds, azomethine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, isoindoline compounds, triarylmethane compounds, xanthene compounds, pyrromethene compounds, indigo compounds, rylene compounds, perylene compounds, quaterrylene compounds, and quinacridone compounds The composition according to <1>, which is at least one type.
<3> The composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the aromatic compound has a boiling point of 100 to 350°C.
<4> The composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the aromatic compound has a ClogP value of -1.00 to 10.00.
<5> The aromatic compound described in any one of <1> to <4> has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Composition of.
<6> The above aromatic compounds include m-xylene, o-xylene, p-xylene, tetralin, diphenyl ether, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, p-cymene, o-cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyltoluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyl The composition according to <1> or <2>, which is at least one member selected from the group consisting of toluene, 2-tert-butyltoluene, and 2,3,5-trimethylanisole.
<7> The above solvent further includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol dimethyl ether acetate. The composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which contains at least one member selected from the group consisting of acetate and anisole.
<8> A method for producing a membrane, including the step of applying the composition according to any one of <1> to <7> to a support.
<9> A method for manufacturing an optical filter, including the method for manufacturing the film according to <8>.
<10> A method for manufacturing a solid-state imaging device, including the method for manufacturing the film according to <8>.
<11> A method for manufacturing an image display device, including the method for manufacturing the film according to <8>.
<12> A method for manufacturing an infrared sensor, including the method for manufacturing the film according to <8>.
<13> A method for manufacturing a camera module, including the method for manufacturing the film according to <8>.
 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れ、欠陥の発生の抑制された膜を形成することができる組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明は、組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールの製造方法を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and suppresses the occurrence of defects. Furthermore, the present invention can provide methods for manufacturing films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, and camera modules using the compositions.
赤外線センサの一実施形態を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing one embodiment of an infrared sensor.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)測定でのポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
 本明細書において、化学式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、赤外線とは、波長700~2500nmの光(電磁波)をいう。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The content of the present invention will be explained in detail below.
In this specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include actinic rays or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents acrylate and/or methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" represents both acrylic and/or methacrylic, and "(meth)acrylate" represents acrylic and/or methacrylate. ) "Acryloyl" refers to either or both of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
In this specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, infrared rays refer to light (electromagnetic waves) with a wavelength of 700 to 2,500 nm.
In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include a process in which the intended effect of the process is achieved even if the process cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
<組成物>
 本発明の組成物は、色素と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤とを含む組成物であって、
 上記溶剤は、炭素数が8以上で、分子量が500以下である芳香族化合物を含み、
 組成物中における上記芳香族化合物の含有量が1~50000質量ppmであることを特徴とする。
<Composition>
The composition of the present invention is a composition containing a dye, a curable compound, and a solvent,
The solvent contains an aromatic compound having 8 or more carbon atoms and a molecular weight of 500 or less,
It is characterized in that the content of the aromatic compound in the composition is 1 to 50,000 ppm by mass.
 本発明の組成物は、保存安定性に優れ、欠陥の発生の抑制された膜を形成することができる。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、分子量が500以下である芳香族化合物(以下、特定溶剤ともいう)を所定量含むことにより、特定溶剤が色素間の過度な相互作用を和らげて色素の凝集を抑制することができ、その結果、保存安定性に優れ、欠陥の発生の抑制された膜を形成することができたと推測される。 The composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability and can form a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed. The detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, but by containing a predetermined amount of an aromatic compound (hereinafter also referred to as a specific solvent) with a molecular weight of 500 or less, the specific solvent can prevent excessive interaction between dyes. It is presumed that this is because it was possible to suppress the aggregation of the dye by softening the stress, and as a result, it was possible to form a film that had excellent storage stability and suppressed the occurrence of defects.
 また、本発明の組成物を用いて得られる膜は、耐光性および耐湿性にも優れている。 Furthermore, the film obtained using the composition of the present invention also has excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
 本発明の組成物は、光学フィルタ用の組成物として用いることができる。光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ、赤外線カットフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、赤外線カットフィルタであることが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for optical filters. Types of optical filters include color filters, infrared cut filters, and infrared transmission filters, and infrared cut filters are preferred.
 以下、本発明の組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Each component used in the composition of the present invention will be explained below.
<<色素>>
 本発明の組成物は、色素を含有する。色素としては、赤外線吸収色素および有彩色色素が挙げられる。本発明の組成物に用いられる色素は、赤外線吸収色素を含むものであることが好ましい。一般的に、赤外線吸収色素は、より長波長側に吸収を持たせるため、長い共役系を有している。このため、赤外線吸収色素は、組成物中で凝集し易い傾向にある。しかしながら、本発明の組成物は、上述した特定溶剤を所定量含むことにより、製膜時における赤外線吸収色素の会合形成を損なうことなく、組成物中における赤外線吸収色素の凝集などをより効果的に抑制することができる。このため、色素として赤外線吸収色素を含むものを用いた場合において、本発明の効果がより顕著に奏される。
<<Pigment>>
The composition of the invention contains a pigment. Examples of the dye include infrared absorbing dyes and chromatic dyes. The dye used in the composition of the present invention preferably contains an infrared absorbing dye. Generally, infrared absorbing dyes have long conjugated systems in order to have absorption on the longer wavelength side. Therefore, infrared absorbing dyes tend to aggregate in the composition. However, by containing a predetermined amount of the above-mentioned specific solvent, the composition of the present invention can more effectively prevent the aggregation of infrared absorbing dyes in the composition without impairing the aggregation formation of infrared absorbing dyes during film formation. Can be suppressed. Therefore, when a dye containing an infrared absorbing dye is used, the effects of the present invention are more pronounced.
 色素は、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、サブフタロシアニン化合物、ポルフィリン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、クロコニウム化合物、イミニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、シアニン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、アミニウム化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キノフタロン化合物、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、イソインドリン化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、キサンテン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、インジゴ化合物、リレン化合物、ペリレン化合物、クアテリレン化合物およびキナクリドン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物およびシアニン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体およびスクアリリウム化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが更に好ましい。 Dyes include pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, subphthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, squarylium compounds, croconium compounds, iminium compounds, oxonol compounds, cyanine compounds, merocyanine compounds, aminium compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, and azomethine. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a quinophthalone compound, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, an isoindoline compound, a triarylmethane compound, a xanthene compound, a pyrromethene compound, an indigo compound, a rylene compound, a perylene compound, a quaterrylene compound, and a quinacridone compound. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes, phthalocyanine compounds, squarylium compounds and cyanine compounds, and at least one selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes and squarylium compounds. It is more preferable that
 色素は、顔料および染料のいずれでもよいが、本発明の効果がより顕著に奏されるという理由から顔料を含むものであることが好ましい。顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよいが、本発明の効果がより顕著に奏されるという理由から有機顔料であることが好ましい。 The pigment may be either a pigment or a dye, but it is preferable that it contains a pigment because the effects of the present invention are more pronounced. The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but organic pigments are preferred because the effects of the present invention are more pronounced.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment using a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circular equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 pigment primary particles. Moreover, the primary particles of pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
 顔料のCuKα線をX線源としたときのX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5~50nmであることがより好ましく、1~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5~25nmであることが特に好ましい。 The crystallite size determined from the half-value width of the peak derived from any crystal plane in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when the CuKα ray of the pigment is used as the X-ray source is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm, and preferably 0.1 to 100 nm. It is more preferably from 5 to 50 nm, even more preferably from 1 to 30 nm, and particularly preferably from 5 to 25 nm.
 顔料の比表面積は1~300m/gであることが好ましい。下限は10m/g以上であることが好ましく、30m/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、250m/g以下であることが好ましく、200m/g以下であることがより好ましい。比表面積の値は、BET(Brunauer、EmmettおよびTeller)法に準じてDIN 66131:determination of the specific surface area  of solids by gas adsorption(ガス吸着による固体の比表面積の測定)に従って測定することができる。 The specific surface area of the pigment is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g. The lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more. The upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less. The value of the specific surface area is determined according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method. (Measurement of specific surface area of solids).
(赤外線吸収色素)
 赤外線吸収色素は、波長690~2000nmの範囲に極大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることが好ましく、波長690~1500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることがより好ましく、波長690~1200nmの範囲に極大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることが更に好ましく、波長690~900nmの範囲に極大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることが特に好ましい。
 また、赤外線吸収色素は、波長690~2000nmの範囲に最大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることが好ましく、波長690~1500nmの範囲に最大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることがより好ましく、波長690~1200nmの範囲に最大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることが更に好ましく、波長690~900nmの範囲に最大吸収波長が存在する化合物であることが特に好ましい。
(Infrared absorbing dye)
The infrared absorbing dye is preferably a compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 2000 nm, more preferably a compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 1500 nm, and has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 1200 nm. It is more preferable that the compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 690 to 900 nm, and it is particularly preferable that the compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 690 to 900 nm.
Further, the infrared absorbing dye is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 2000 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 690 to 1500 nm, and It is more preferable that the compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 1,200 nm to 1200 nm, and particularly preferably the compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 690 to 900 nm.
 赤外線吸収色素としては、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ボラジアジン化合物などが挙げられ、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物およびシアニン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体およびスクアリリウム化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 Infrared absorbing dyes include pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, Examples include azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, boradiazine compounds, etc., and it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes, phthalocyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, and cyanine compounds, and pyrrolopyrrole boron complexes and More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of squarylium compounds.
 ピロロピロールホウ素錯体としては、式(PP-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
The pyrrolopyrrole boron complex is preferably a compound represented by formula (PP-1).
 式中、RpおよびRpは、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Rp~Rpは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 RpおよびRpは、それぞれ独立して-BRp11Rp12を表し、
 Rp11およびRp12はそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、
 Rp11とRp12は互いに結合して環を形成してよい。
In the formula, Rp 1 and Rp 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
Rp 3 to Rp 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
Rp 7 and Rp 8 each independently represent -BRp 11 Rp 12 ;
Rp 11 and Rp 12 each independently represent a substituent,
Rp 11 and Rp 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 式(PP-1)の詳細については、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0017~0047、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0011~0036、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0024の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For details of formula (PP-1), see paragraph numbers 0017 to 0047 of JP 2009-263614, paragraph 0011 to 0036 of JP 2011-068731, and paragraph 0010 of WO 2015/166873. -0024, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 RpおよびRpが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐および環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。
 RpおよびRpが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 RpおよびRpが表すヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は、1~30が好ましく、1~12がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の種類としては、例えば、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子を挙げることができる。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の数としては、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、単環または縮合環が好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環がより好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が更に好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. The heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and even more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
 RpおよびRpが表すアルキル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、以下に示す置換基Tが挙げられる。また、RpおよびRpが表すアルキル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基が2個以上の置換基を有している場合、置換基同士が結合して環を形成していてもよい。 The alkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T shown below. Furthermore, when the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 1 and Rp 2 have two or more substituents, the substituents may bond to each other to form a ring.
 式(PP-1)において、RpおよびRpは、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基であることが好ましい。RpおよびRpの好ましい態様として、RpおよびRpがそれぞれ独立してアルキル基である態様が挙げられる。また、RpおよびRpの別の好ましい態様として、RpおよびRpがそれぞれ独立してアリール基である態様が挙げられる。また、RpおよびRpの別の好ましい態様として、RpおよびRpの一方がアルキル基で、他方がアリール基である態様が挙げられる。 In formula (PP-1), Rp 1 and Rp 2 are preferably each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group. A preferred embodiment of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an embodiment in which Rp 1 and Rp 2 are each independently an alkyl group. Another preferred embodiment of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an embodiment in which Rp 1 and Rp 2 are each independently an aryl group. Another preferred embodiment of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an embodiment in which one of Rp 1 and Rp 2 is an alkyl group and the other is an aryl group.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとして、次の基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリール基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロアリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールオキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、ヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アミノカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアミノカルボニルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイルアミノ基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロアリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールチオ基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニル基)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルフィニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルフィニル基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のウレイド基)、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホンアミド基、ホスフィノ基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルキルスルフィノ基、アリールスルフィノ基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基。これらの基は、更に置換可能な基である場合、更に置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基が挙げられる。
(Substituent T)
Examples of the substituent T include the following groups. Halogen atom (e.g. fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryloxy group (preferably a carbon Heteroaryloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), acyl group (preferably an acyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroaryloxycarbonyl group (preferably heteroaryloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acyloxy group (preferably acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aminocarbonylamino group (preferably an aminocarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) , an aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), a sulfamoyl group (preferably a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), a sulfamoylamino group (preferably a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms) sulfamoylamino group), carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylthio group (preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) ), a heteroarylthio group (preferably a heteroarylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonylamino group (preferably a carbon number 1 to 30), 30 alkylsulfonylamino groups), arylsulfonyl groups (preferably arylsulfonylamino groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfonylamino groups (preferably arylsulfonylamino groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroarylsulfonyl groups (preferably is a heteroarylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfonylamino group (preferably a heteroarylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfinyl group (preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) , an arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfinyl group (preferably a heteroarylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a ureido group (preferably a ureido group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) ), hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonamide group, phosphino group, mercapto group, cyano group, alkylsulfino group, arylsulfino group, arylazo group, hetero Aryl azo group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, hydrazino group, imino group. These groups may further have a substituent when the group is a substitutable group. Examples of the substituent include the groups described above for the substituent T.
 式(PP-1)において、Rp~Rpは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 In formula (PP-1), Rp 3 to Rp 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 RおよびRの一方はヘテロアリール基で、他方は電子求引性基であることが好ましい。また、RおよびRの一方はヘテロアリール基で、他方は電子求引性基であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that one of R 3 and R 4 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group. Moreover, it is preferable that one of R 5 and R 6 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group.
 ここで、Hammettのσp値(シグマパラ値)が正の置換基は、電子求引性基として作用する。本明細書においては、Hammettのσp値が0.2以上の置換基を電子求引性基として例示することができる。σp値は、好ましくは0.25以上であり、より好ましくは0.3以上であり、特に好ましくは0.35以上である。上限は特に制限はないが、好ましくは0.80以下である。電子求引性基の具体例としては、シアノ基(0.66)、カルボキシ基(-COOH:0.45)、アルコキシカルボニル基(例えば、-COOCH:0.45)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えば、-COOCH:0.44)、カルバモイル基(例えば、-CONH:0.36)、アルキルカルボニル基(例えば、-COCH:0.50)、アリールカルボニル基(例えば、-COPh:0.43)、アルキルスルホニル基(例えば、-SOCH:0.72)、アリールスルホニル基(例えば、-SOPh:0.68)などが挙げられる。電子求引性基は、シアノ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基およびアリールスルホニル基であることが好ましく、シアノ基であることがより好ましい。すなわち、式(1)のRおよびRの一方、ならびに、RおよびRの一方はそれぞれシアノ基であることが好ましい。ここで、Phはフェニル基を表す。Hammettのσp値については、特開2009-263614号公報の段落0024~0025を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Here, a substituent having a positive Hammett's σp value (sigma para value) acts as an electron-withdrawing group. In this specification, a substituent having a Hammett's σp value of 0.2 or more can be exemplified as an electron-withdrawing group. The σp value is preferably 0.25 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, particularly preferably 0.35 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.80 or less. Specific examples of electron-withdrawing groups include cyano group (0.66), carboxy group (-COOH: 0.45), alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, -COOCH 3 : 0.45), aryloxycarbonyl group ( For example, -COOCH 3 : 0.44), carbamoyl group (e.g. -CONH 2 : 0.36), alkylcarbonyl group (e.g. -COCH 3 : 0.50), arylcarbonyl group (e.g. -COPh: 0 .43), an alkylsulfonyl group (for example, -SO 2 CH 3 : 0.72), an arylsulfonyl group (for example, -SO 2 Ph: 0.68), and the like. The electron-withdrawing group is preferably a cyano group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group, and more preferably a cyano group. That is, it is preferable that one of R 1 and R 2 and one of R 3 and R 4 in formula (1) are each a cyano group. Here, Ph represents a phenyl group. Regarding Hammett's σp value, paragraphs 0024 to 0025 of JP-A No. 2009-263614 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 式(PP-1)のRおよびRのいずれか一方が表すヘテロアリール基、ならびに、式(PP-1)のRおよびRのいずれか一方が表すヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は、1~30が好ましく、1~12がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の種類としては、例えば、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子を挙げることができる。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の数としては、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、単環または縮合環が好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環がより好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が更に好ましい。上記ヘテロアリール基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基が挙げられる。 Constitutes a ring of a heteroaryl group represented by either R 3 or R 4 of formula (PP-1) and a heteroaryl group represented by either R 5 or R 6 of formula (PP-1) The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. The heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and even more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The above heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups described above for the substituent T.
 式(PP-1)のRpおよびRpは、それぞれ独立して-BRp11Rp12を表す。
 -BRp11Rp12で表される基におけるRp11およびRp12が表す置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基およびヘテロアリールオキシ基が挙げられ、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基またはアリール基であることがより好ましく、アリール基であることが更に好ましい。
Rp 7 and Rp 8 in formula (PP-1) each independently represent -BRp 11 Rp 12 .
Substituents represented by Rp 11 and Rp 12 in the group represented by -BRp 11 Rp 12 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a heteroaryloxy group. It is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and even more preferably an aryl group.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 アルキル基およびアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、置換基を有してもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
 アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~8が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、置換基を有してもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
 アリール基およびアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリール基およびアリールオキシ基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
 ヘテロアリール基およびヘテロアリールオキシ基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。ヘテロアリール基およびヘテロアリールオキシ基のヘテロアリール環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール環の環を構成する炭素原子の数は1~30が好ましく、1~18がより好ましく、1~12が更に好ましい。ヘテロアリール環は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基およびヘテロアリールオキシ基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group and the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group and alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but are preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group and alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group and the aryloxy group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group and the aryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
The heteroaryl group and heteroaryloxy group may be a single ring or a fused ring. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl ring of the heteroaryl group and the heteroaryloxy group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the heteroaryl ring is preferably a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heteroaryl ring is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 18, even more preferably 1 to 12. The heteroaryl ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heteroaryl group and heteroaryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
 -BRp11Rp12で表される基におけるRp11とRp12は互いに結合して環を形成してよい。形成される環としては、例えば、式(B-1)~(B-5)に示す構造などが挙げられる。以下において、Rbは置換基を表し、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は置換基を表し、b1~b3は、それぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、b4は0~6の整数を表し、*は連結手を表す。RbおよびRb~Rbが表す置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基が好ましい。
Rp 11 and Rp 12 in the group represented by -BRp 11 Rp 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed include structures shown in formulas (B-1) to (B-5). In the following, Rb represents a substituent, Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, b1 to b3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and b4 represents 0 to 4. It represents an integer of 6, and * represents a connecting hand. Examples of the substituents represented by Rb and Rb 1 to Rb 4 include the groups listed above for the substituent T, with halogen atoms, alkyl groups, and alkoxy groups being preferred.
 ピロロピロールホウ素錯体は、式(PP-2)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。
It is also preferable that the pyrrolopyrrole boron complex is a compound represented by formula (PP-2).
 式中、Lp21はn価の連結基を表し、
 Rp21は、アルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Rp22~Rp25は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Rp26およびRp27は、それぞれ独立して-BRp31Rp32を表し、
 Rp31およびRp32はそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、
 Rp31とRp32は互いに結合して環を形成してよく、
 nは2以上の整数を表す。
In the formula, Lp 21 represents an n-valent linking group,
Rp 21 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
Rp 22 to Rp 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
Rp 26 and Rp 27 each independently represent -BRp 31 Rp 32 ;
Rp 31 and Rp 32 each independently represent a substituent,
Rp 31 and Rp 32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring,
n represents an integer of 2 or more.
 式(PP-2)のnは2以上の整数を表し、2~4の整数であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。 In formula (PP-2), n represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and more preferably 2.
 式(PP-2)のLp21が表すn価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-CONR-、-NRSO-、-SONR-およびこれらの組み合わせからなる基が挙げられる。Rは水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましく、2~5が特に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基は、単環、多環のいずれであってもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~18が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基は、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基としては、ベンゼン環基であることが好ましい。複素環基は、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は1~30が好ましく、1~18がより好ましく、1~12がより好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基および複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。また、Rが表すアルキル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。Rが表すアルキル基はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。Rが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。Rが表すアリール基はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 The n-valent linking group represented by Lp 21 in formula (PP-2) includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO- , -OCO-, -SO 2 -, -NR L -, -NR L CO-, -CONR L -, -NR L SO 2 -, -SO 2 NR L -, and combinations thereof. R L represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 2 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 10, particularly preferably 2 to 5. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Furthermore, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a monocyclic or fused ring aromatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a benzene ring group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 18, and even more preferably 1 to 12. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T. Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R L is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group represented by R L may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R L is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group represented by R L may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
 式(PP-2)のRp21が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐および環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。
 式(PP-2)のRp21が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 式(PP-2)のRp21が表すヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は、1~30が好ましく、1~12がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の種類としては、例えば、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子を挙げることができる。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の数としては、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、単環または縮合環が好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環がより好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が更に好ましい。
 式(PP-2)のRp21が表すアルキル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。また、Rp21が表すアルキル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基が2個以上の置換基を有している場合、置換基同士が結合して環を形成していてもよい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of the heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. The heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and even more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
The alkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above. Furthermore, when the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by Rp 21 has two or more substituents, the substituents may bond to each other to form a ring.
 式(PP-2)のRp21は、アルキル基またはアリール基であることが好ましい。 Rp 21 in formula (PP-2) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group.
 式(PP-2)のRp22~Rp25は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 Rp 22 to Rp 25 in formula (PP-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
 R22およびR23の一方はヘテロアリール基で、他方は電子求引性基であることが好ましい。また、R24およびR25の一方はヘテロアリール基で、他方は電子求引性基であることが好ましい。電子求引性基としては、上述した基が挙げられ、シアノ基であることが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、式(PP-1)のRおよびRのいずれか一方が表すヘテロアリール基、ならびに、式(PP-1)のRおよびRのいずれか一方が表すヘテロアリール基として説明した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 It is preferable that one of R 22 and R 23 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group. Moreover, it is preferable that one of R 24 and R 25 is a heteroaryl group and the other is an electron-withdrawing group. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group include the groups mentioned above, and a cyano group is preferred. A heteroaryl group is a heteroaryl group represented by either one of R 3 and R 4 in formula (PP-1), and a heteroaryl group represented by either one of R 5 and R 6 in formula (PP-1). Examples include the groups explained as follows, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 式(PP-2)のRp26およびRp27は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、-BRp31Rp32または金属原子を表し、-BRp31Rp32であることが好ましい。
 式(PP-2)の-BRp31Rp32で表される基におけるRp31およびRp32が表す置換基としては、式(PP-1)の-BRp11Rp12で表される基におけるRp11およびRp12が表す置換基として説明した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。また、-BRp31Rp32で表される基におけるRp31とRp32は互いに結合して環を形成してよい。形成される環としては、例えば、上述した式(B-1)~(B-5)に示す構造などが挙げられる。
Rp 26 and Rp 27 in formula (PP-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BRp 31 Rp 32 or a metal atom, and -BRp 31 Rp 32 is preferred.
The substituents represented by Rp 31 and Rp 32 in the group represented by -BRp 31 Rp 32 in formula (PP-2) include Rp 11 in the group represented by -BRp 11 Rp 12 in formula (PP-1) The substituents represented by Rp 12 include the groups described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same. Furthermore, Rp 31 and Rp 32 in the group represented by -BRp 31 Rp 32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed include the structures shown in the above-mentioned formulas (B-1) to (B-5).
 ピロロピロールホウ素錯体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の構造の化合物が挙げられる。また、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体としては、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0016~0058に記載の化合物、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0037~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0033に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pyrrolopyrrole boron complex include compounds having the structures described in the examples below. In addition, examples of the pyrrolopyrrole boron complex include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A No. 2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037 to 0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, and WO 2015/ Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0033 of No. 166873.
 スクアリリウム化合物としては、式(SQ1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 式中、AsおよびAsは、それぞれ独立してアリール基、複素環基または式(As-1)で表される基を表す;
 式中、*は結合手を表し、
 Rs~Rsは、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、
 Asは複素環基を表し、
 ns1は、0以上の整数を表し、
 RsとRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、
 RsとAsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、
 RsとRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、
 ns1が2以上の場合、複数のRsおよびRsはそれぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
The squarylium compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (SQ1).
In the formula, As 1 and As 2 each independently represent an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group represented by formula (As-1);
In the formula, * represents a bond,
Rs 1 to Rs 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
As 3 represents a heterocyclic group,
n s1 represents an integer greater than or equal to 0,
Rs 1 and Rs 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring,
Rs 1 and As 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring,
Rs 2 and Rs 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring,
When n s1 is 2 or more, the plurality of Rs 2 and Rs 3 may be the same or different.
 AsおよびAsが表わすアリール基の炭素数は、6~48が好ましく、6~22がより好ましく、6~12が特に好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by As 1 and As 2 is preferably 6 to 48, more preferably 6 to 22, and particularly preferably 6 to 12.
 As、AsおよびAsが表わす複素環基は、5員環または6員環の複素環基が好ましい。また、複素環基は、単環の複素環基または縮合数が2~8の縮合環の複素環基が好ましく、単環の複素環基または縮合数が2~4の縮合環の複素環基がより好ましく、単環の複素環基または縮合数が2または3の縮合環の複素環基がより好ましく、単環の複素環基または縮合数が2の縮合環の複素環基が特に好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子が例示され、窒素原子、硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましい。 The heterocyclic group represented by As 1 , As 2 and As 3 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group. Further, the heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a fused ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 8 condensed rings; is more preferable, a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a fused ring heterocyclic group having 2 or 3 fused rings is more preferable, and a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a fused ring heterocyclic group having 2 fused rings is particularly preferable. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, and sulfur atom, with nitrogen atom and sulfur atom being preferred. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.
 式(As-1)におけるRs~Rsは、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rs~Rsが表わすアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましい。Rs~Rsは水素原子であることが好ましい。 Rs 1 to Rs 3 in formula (As-1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Rs 1 to Rs 3 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched. It is preferable that Rs 1 to Rs 3 are hydrogen atoms.
 式(As-1)におけるns1は、0以上の整数を表す。ns1は0~2の整数が好ましく、0または1がより好ましく、0が更に好ましい。 n s1 in formula (As-1) represents an integer of 0 or more. n s1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0.
 式(As-1)において、RsとRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、RsとAsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、RsとRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。上記の環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が好ましい。連結基としてのアルキレン基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 In formula (As-1), Rs 1 and Rs 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, Rs 1 and As 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and Rs 2 and Rs 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring. The linking group for forming the above ring is preferably a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. . The alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
 式(SQ1)において、AsおよびAsが表わす基は置換基を有することが好ましい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 In formula (SQ1), the groups represented by As 1 and As 2 preferably have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
 式(SQ1)において、AsおよびAsがそれぞれ独立してアリール基または複素環基であるか、あるいは、AsおよびAsがそれぞれ独立して式(As-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。 In formula (SQ1), As 1 and As 2 are each independently an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, or As 1 and As 2 are each independently a group represented by formula (As-1). It is preferable that there be.
 スクアリリウム化合物の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の構造の化合物が挙げられる。また、スクアリリウム化合物としては、特開2011-208101号公報の段落番号0044~0049に記載の化合物、特許第6065169号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0040に記載の化合物、特開2015-176046号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0072に記載の化合物、特開2016-074649号公報の段落番号0196~0228に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報の段落番号0124に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/135359号に記載の化合物、特開2017-114956号公報に記載の化合物、特許6197940号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/120166号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of squarylium compounds include compounds with structures described in the Examples below. In addition, as squarylium compounds, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraphs of International Publication No. 2016/181987. Compound described in No. 0040, compound described in JP 2015-176046, compound described in paragraph number 0072 of WO 2016/190162, paragraph number 0196 to 0228 of JP 2016-074649 The compound described in paragraph number 0124 of JP 2017-067963, the compound described in WO 2017/135359, the compound described in JP 2017-114956, the compound described in JP 6197940, Examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/120166.
 また、スクアリリウム化合物およびクロコニウム化合物としては、特開2017-197437号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-025311号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2016/154782号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5884953号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第6036689号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5810604号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2017/213047号の段落番号0090~0107に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2018-054760号公報の段落番号0019~0075に記載の化合物、特開2018-040955号公報の段落番号0078~0082に記載の化合物、特開2018-002773号公報の段落番号0043~0069に記載の化合物、特開2018-041047号公報の段落番号0024~0086に記載のアミドα位に芳香環を有するスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-179131号公報に記載のアミド連結型スクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-141215号公報に記載のピロールビス型スクアリリウム骨格又はクロコニウム骨格を有する化合物、特開2017-082029号公報に記載されたジヒドロカルバゾールビス型のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-068120号公報の段落番号0027~0114に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 In addition, as squarylium compounds and croconium compounds, squarylium compounds described in JP2017-197437A, squarylium compounds described in JP2017-025311A, squarylium compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, patents Squarylium compounds described in Patent No. 5884953, squarylium compounds described in Patent No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraphs 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No. 2017/213047 , compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0075 of JP 2018-054760, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0078 to 0082 of JP 2018-040955, and paragraph numbers 0043 to 0069 of JP 2018-002773. Compounds described in JP 2018-041047, paragraph numbers 0024 to 0086, squarylium compounds having an aromatic ring at the amide α-position, amide-linked squarylium compounds described in JP 2017-179131, JP Compounds having a pyrrole bis-type squarylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP 2017-141215, dihydrocarbazole bis-type squarylium compounds described in JP 2017-082029, paragraph numbers 0027 to JP 2017-068120. Examples include the compound described in No. 0114, the compound described in JP-A No. 2017-067963, and the like.
 ボラジアジン化合物としては、特開2015-040231号公報の段落番号0103~0117に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the boradiazine compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0103 to 0117 of JP-A No. 2015-040231.
 シアニン化合物としては、特開2009-108267号公報の段落番号0044~0045に記載の化合物、特開2002-194040号公報の段落番号0026~0030に記載の化合物、特開2015-172004号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172102号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-088426号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0090に記載の化合物、特開2017-031394号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of cyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0045 of JP 2009-108267, compounds described in paragraph 0026 to 0030 of JP 2002-194040, and compounds described in JP 2015-172004. Compounds described in JP 2015-172102, compounds described in JP 2008-088426, compounds described in paragraph number 0090 of WO 2016/190162, JP 2017-031394 Examples include the compounds described in .
 フタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物、特開2006-343631号公報に記載のオキシチタニウムフタロシアニン、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0013~0029に記載の化合物、特許第6081771号公報に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071486号に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071470号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of phthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A No. 2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A 2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP-A 2013-195480. The vanadium phthalocyanine compound described in Patent No. 6081771, the vanadium phthalocyanine compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071486, and the phthalocyanine compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071470.
 ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A No. 2012-077153.
(有彩色色素)
 有彩色色素としては、黄色色素、オレンジ色色素、赤色色素、緑色色素、紫色色素、青色色素などが挙げられる。
(chromatic pigment)
Examples of chromatic pigments include yellow pigments, orange pigments, red pigments, green pigments, purple pigments, and blue pigments.
 赤色色素としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色色素は顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of red pigments include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds. is preferable, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound is more preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that the red dye is a pigment.
 赤色色素の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色色素として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0034に記載の化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物を用いることもできる。 Specific examples of red pigments include C. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, Examples include red pigments such as 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297, and the like. Further, as the red dye, a compound described in paragraph number 0034 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP-A-2020-085947 can also be used.
 赤色色素としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,254,255,264,269,272が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,272が更に好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド272が特に好ましい。 As the red pigment, C. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 is particularly preferred.
 緑色色素としては、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料であることがより好ましい。また、緑色色素は顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of the green pigment include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, preferably phthalocyanine compounds, and more preferably phthalocyanine pigments. Moreover, it is preferable that the green dye is a pigment.
 緑色色素の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色色素として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色色素として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0029に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Specific examples of green pigments include C. I. Examples include green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. In addition, as a green pigment, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments have an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. You can also use Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. Further, as the green pigment, a compound described in paragraph number 0029 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2020-070426, etc. can also be used.
 緑色色素としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36,58がより好ましい。
用いられる。
As a green pigment, C. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, 63 are preferred; I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred.
used.
 オレンジ色色素の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 Specific examples of orange dyes include C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. orange pigments.
 黄色色素としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物およびペリレン化合物が挙げられる。黄色色素の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of yellow pigments include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds. Specific examples of yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, Examples include yellow pigments such as 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236.
 黄色色素としては、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
As the yellow dye, an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
 黄色色素として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0031~0033に記載の化合物、特開2019-073695号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073696号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073697号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073698号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2020-093994号公報に記載のアゾ化合物を用いることができる。 As a yellow pigment, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0033 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, methine dyes described in JP 2019-073695, methine dyes described in JP 2019-073696, JP The methine dye described in JP2019-073697, the methine dye described in JP2019-073698, and the azo compound described in JP2020-093994 can be used.
 紫色色素の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 Specific examples of purple pigments include C.I. I. Examples include purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
 青色色素の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等の青色顔料が挙げられる。また、青色色素として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of blue dyes include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. Examples include pigments. Moreover, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as the blue dye. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
 緑色色素または青色色素として特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物を用いることもできる。 Diarylmethane compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-504758 can also be used as the green dye or blue dye.
 各種顔料が有していることが好ましい回折角については、特許第6561862号公報、特許第6413872号公報、特許第6281345号公報、特開2020-026503号公報、特開2020-033526号公報の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ピロロピロール顔料としては結晶格子面のうち(±1±1±1)の8個の面の中でX線回折パターンにおける最大ピークに対応する面方向の結晶子サイズが140Å以下であるものを用いることも好ましい。また、ピロロピロール顔料の物性については、特開2020-097744号公報の段落番号0028~0073に記載の通り設定することも好ましい。 Regarding the diffraction angles that various pigments preferably have, see the descriptions in Japanese Patent No. 6561862, Japanese Patent No. 6413872, Japanese Patent No. 6281345, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-026503, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-033526. , the contents of which are incorporated herein. Pyrrolopyrrole pigments include those whose crystallite size in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight (±1±1±1) crystal lattice planes is 140 Å or less. It is also preferable to use Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are also preferably set as described in paragraph numbers 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
 顔料としては、特許6744002号公報に記載のラマンスペクトルを有するハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を使用することも、分光特性を高める観点で好ましい。また、顔料としては、国際公開第2019/107166号に記載の接触角を制御したジオキサジン顔料を使用することも粘度調整の観点で好ましい。 As the pigment, it is also preferable to use a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having a Raman spectrum described in Japanese Patent No. 6744002 from the viewpoint of improving spectral characteristics. Further, as the pigment, it is also preferable to use a dioxazine pigment with a controlled contact angle described in International Publication No. 2019/107166 from the viewpoint of viscosity adjustment.
 有彩色色素には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic pigments. There are no particular restrictions on the dye, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo series, anilinoazo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonol series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, xanthene series, Examples include phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes.
 有彩色色素には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 Pigment multimers can also be used as chromatic pigments. The dye multimer is preferably a dye that is dissolved in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A No. 2015-214682. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. The plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may be the same dye structure or may be different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are described in JP 2011-213925, JP 2013-041097, JP 2015-028144, JP 2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
 有彩色色素として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、国際公開第2022/004261号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン、国際公開第2021/250883号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニンを用いることができる。有彩色色素は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。有彩色着色剤として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を使用してもよい。 As chromatic pigments, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP 2020-117638, and phthalocyanines described in International Publication No. 2020/174991 are used. Compound, isoindoline compound or salt thereof described in JP-A No. 2020-160279, compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Unexamined Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, Korean Unexamined Patent No. 10-2020- Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Publication No. 0069730, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Publication Patent No. 10-2020-0069070, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Publication Patent No. 10-2020-0069067, Compound represented by formula 1, compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment described in Patent No. 6809649, JP 2020-180176 Publication The isoindoline compound described in JP 2021-187913, the phenothiazine compound described in JP 2021-187913, the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine described in WO 2022/004261, the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine described in WO 2021/250883 can be used. The chromatic dye may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in a cyclic structure of the rotaxane, a rod-like structure, or both structures. As a chromatic coloring agent, a quinophthalone compound represented by formula 1 of Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, a polymer dye described in Korean Publication Patent No. 10-2020-0061793, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-029701. You may use the coloring agent described in WO 2022/014635, the isoindoline compound described in WO 2022/024926, and the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2022/024926.
 有彩色色素は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色色素は、2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色色素の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。そのような組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(7)の態様が挙げられる。組成物中に有彩色色素を2種以上含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色色素の組み合わせで黒色を呈している場合においては、本発明の組成物は、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の組成物として好ましく用いることができる。
(1)赤色色素と青色色素とを含有する態様。
(2)赤色色素と青色色素と黄色色素とを含有する態様。
(3)赤色色素と青色色素と黄色色素と紫色色素とを含有する態様。
(4)赤色色素と青色色素と黄色色素と紫色色素と緑色色素とを含有する態様。
(5)赤色色素と青色色素と黄色色素と緑色色素とを含有する態様。
(6)赤色色素と青色色素と緑色色素とを含有する態様。
(7)黄色色素と紫色色素とを含有する態様。
Two or more chromatic dyes may be used in combination. Furthermore, when two or more chromatic pigments are used in combination, black may be formed by a combination of two or more chromatic pigments. Examples of such combinations include the following embodiments (1) to (7). In cases where the composition contains two or more types of chromatic dyes and exhibits black color by a combination of two or more types of chromatic dyes, the composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter. It can be preferably used.
(1) Embodiment containing a red pigment and a blue pigment.
(2) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a yellow pigment.
(3) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a violet pigment.
(4) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, a purple pigment, and a green pigment.
(5) Embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a green pigment.
(6) An embodiment containing a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a green pigment.
(7) Embodiment containing a yellow pigment and a purple pigment.
 組成物の全固形分中における色素の含有量は0.5~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the pigment in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.5 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less.
 組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は、0.5~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of pigment in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.5 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less.
 色素中における顔料の含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、50~100質量%であることがより好ましく、70~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of pigment in the dye is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
 色素中における赤外線吸収色素の含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、50~100質量%であることがより好ましく、70~100質量%であることが更に好ましく、実質的に赤外線吸収色素のみであることが特に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、色素が実質的に赤外線吸収色素のみである場合とは、色素中における赤外線吸収色素の含有量が99質量%以上であることを意味し、99.9質量%以上であることが好ましく、赤外線吸収色素のみであることが更に好ましい。 The content of the infrared absorbing dye in the dye is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass, and substantially absorbs infrared rays. Particularly preferred is only an absorbing dye. In this specification, the case where the dye is substantially only an infrared absorbing dye means that the content of the infrared absorbing dye in the dye is 99% by mass or more, and 99.9% by mass or more Preferably, there is one, and more preferably only an infrared absorbing dye.
<<硬化性化合物>>
 本発明の組成物は硬化性化合物を含有する。硬化性化合物としては、重合性化合物、樹脂等が挙げられる。樹脂は、非重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有さない樹脂)であってもよく、重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有する樹脂)であってもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基、アルコキシメチル基などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリロイルアミド基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。
<<Curable compound>>
The composition of the invention contains a curable compound. Examples of the curable compound include polymerizable compounds, resins, and the like. The resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (resin that does not have a polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (resin that has a polymerizable group). Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, vinylphenyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (meth)acryloylamide group, etc. Allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group and (meth)acryloyloxy group are preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferred. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with an epoxy group being preferred.
 硬化性化合物としては、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。また、本発明の組成物をフォトリソグラフィ用の組成物とする場合には、硬化性化合物として樹脂と、重合性化合物(好ましくは、モノマータイプの重合性化合物である重合性モノマー)とを用いることが好ましく、樹脂と、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する重合性モノマー(モノマータイプの重合性化合物)とを用いることがより好ましい。 As the curable compound, it is preferable to use one containing at least a resin. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention is used as a composition for photolithography, a resin and a polymerizable compound (preferably a polymerizable monomer that is a monomer-type polymerizable compound) may be used as the curable compound. is preferable, and it is more preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
(重合性化合物)
 重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物、環状エーテル基を有する化合物、メチロール基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物はラジカル重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、カチオン重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。
(Polymerizable compound)
Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, a compound having an alkoxymethyl group, and the like. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound. Moreover, a compound having a cyclic ether group can be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable compound.
 樹脂タイプの重合性化合物としては、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。 Examples of resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having polymerizable groups.
 モノマータイプの重合性化合物(重合性モノマー)の分子量は、2000未満であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~2000000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1000000以下であることが好ましく、500000以下であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more.
 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760, paragraph 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970, and JP 2013-253224. Described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph number 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, JP 6031807, JP 2017-194662. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの化合物の(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)などが挙げられる。また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product: KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available) Examples of commercially available products include KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and and/or compounds having a structure in which they are bonded via a propylene glycol residue (eg, SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer). Further, as compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) etc. can also be used.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 In addition, examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropanepropylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropaneethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as modified tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、更に、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group. Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開2013-253224号公報の段落0042~0045の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からシリーズとして市販されている、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. Regarding the compound having a caprolactone structure, the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A No. 2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of compounds having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120, which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基と、エチレンオキシ基および/またはプロピレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とエチレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがさらに好ましい。市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬(株)製のイソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. More preferably, it is a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. Commercially available products include, for example, SR-494, a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and trifunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Examples include KAYARAD TPA-330.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, it is also preferable to use a compound substantially free of environmentally regulated substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、エポキシ基を有する化合物、オキセタニル基を有する化合物などが挙げられ、エポキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1~100個有する化合物が挙げられる。エポキシ基の数の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ基の数の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。 Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, etc., and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable. Examples of compounds having epoxy groups include compounds having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably 2 or more.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。 The compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular compound (for example, molecular weight less than 1000) or a macromolecule (for example, molecular weight 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036に記載された化合物、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156に記載された化合物、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2013-011869, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and JP-A No. 2014. Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-089408 and compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、デナコール EX-212L、EX-212、EX-214L、EX-214、EX-216L、EX-216、EX-321L、EX-321、EX-850L、EX-850(以上、ナガセケムテックス(株)製)、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、EP-4003S、EP-4010S、EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、セロキサイド2021P、セロキサイド2081、セロキサイド2083、セロキサイド2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、PB 4700(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、サイクロマーP ACA 200M、ACA 230AA、ACA Z250、ACA Z251、ACA Z300、ACA Z320(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、jER1031S、jER157S65、jER152、jER154、jER157S70(以上、三菱ケミカル(株)製)、アロンオキセタンOXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上、東亞合成(株)製)、アデカグリシロール ED-505((株)ADEKA製、エポキシ基含有モノマー)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)、OXT-101、OXT-121、OXT-212、OXT-221(以上、東亞合成(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上、大阪有機化学工業(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include Denacol EX-212L, EX-212, EX-214L, EX-214, EX-216L, EX-216, EX-321L, EX-321, EX-850L, EX -850 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC -7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), Celoxide 2021P, Celoxide 2081, Celoxide 2083, Celoxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, PB 4700 (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.) Daicel), Cyclomer P ACA 200M, ACA 230AA, ACA Z250, ACA Z251, ACA Z300, ACA Z320 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), jER1031S, jER157S65, j ER152, jER154, jER157S70 (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) ), Aronoxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), ADEKA Glycilol ED-505 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing monomer), Proof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group) containing polymer), OXT-101, OXT-121, OXT-212, OXT-221 (all manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer), OXE-10, OXE-30 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer).
 メチロール基を有する化合物(以下、メチロール化合物ともいう)としては、メチロール基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。また、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物(以下、アルコキシメチル化合物ともいう)としては、アルコキシメチル基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。アルコキシメチル基またはメチロール基が窒素原子に結合している化合物としては、アルコキシメチル化メラミン、メチロール化メラミン、アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、メチロール化ベンゾグアナミン、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリル、メチロール化グリコールウリル、アルコキシメチル化尿素およびメチロール化尿素等が好ましい。また、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0134~0147、特開2014-089408号公報の段落0095~0126に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of compounds having a methylol group (hereinafter also referred to as methylol compounds) include compounds in which a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group (hereinafter also referred to as alkoxymethyl compounds) include compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated Preferred are urea and methylolated urea. Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 and paragraphs 0095 to 0126 of JP-A No. 2014-089408 can also be used.
(樹脂)
 本発明の組成物は、硬化性化合物として樹脂を用いることができる。硬化性化合物は、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料等を組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料等を組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。なお、重合性基を有する樹脂は、重合性化合物にも該当する。
(resin)
The composition of the present invention can use a resin as a curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments and the like in the composition or for use as a binder. Note that a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments and the like in a composition is also referred to as a dispersant. However, this use of the resin is just one example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this use. Note that the resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、耐熱性向上の観点からノルボルネン樹脂が好ましい。ノルボルネン樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、JSR(株)製のARTONシリーズ(例えば、ARTON F4520)などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂を用いることもできる。また、樹脂としては、フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂を好ましく用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂については、米国特許出願公開第2017/0102610号明細書の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、樹脂としては、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体を用いることもできる。 Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, Examples include polyamide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, and polyurea resin. One type of these resins may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (eg, ARTON F4520). In addition, the resins include the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP 2017-057265, the resin described in JP 2017-032685, and the resin described in JP 2017-032685. The resin described in JP 2017-075248, the resin described in JP 2017-066240, the resin described in JP 2017-167513, the resin described in JP 2017-173787, Resins described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689, resins described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0071 of JP 2018-010856, and blocks described in JP 2016-222891. Polyisocyanate resin, resin described in JP 2020-122052, resin described in JP 2020-111656, resin described in JP 2020-139021, JP 2017-138503 It is also possible to use a resin containing a constitutional unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a constitutional unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain as described in . Further, as the resin, a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used. Regarding the resin having a fluorene skeleton, the description in US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In addition, examples of the resin include resins described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP2020-186373A, alkali-soluble resins described in JP2020-186325A, and Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339. A copolymer containing an epoxy group and an acid group described in International Publication No. 2022/030445 can also be used.
 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having acid groups as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. The number of these acid groups may be one, or two or more. A resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant. The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
 樹脂としては、式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含むことも好ましい。 As the resin, a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer") is used. It is also preferable to include.
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の具体例としては、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌できる。
In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of formula (ED2), the description in JP-A No. 2010-168539 can be referred to.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For specific examples of ether dimers, paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
 式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X).
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 or 3 carbon atoms. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むことが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 It is preferable that the resin contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol % or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %. The acid group that the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) has is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. Moreover, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group that the basic dispersant has is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as a dispersant is a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, the descriptions in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A No. 2012-255128 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as a dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. Preferably, the resin has The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits basicity. Regarding the polyimine dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant has a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0209 of JP-A No. 2013-043962.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The resin used as a dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 70 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is mol%.
 また、分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマーなどを用いることもできる。 In addition, as a dispersant, resins described in JP 2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraph numbers 0219 to 0221 of Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain as described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, block copolymer as described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit as described in JP-A No. 2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A No. 2020-066688, etc. can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ、日本ルーブリゾール社製のSOLSPERSEシリーズ、BASF社製のEfkaシリーズ、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, the Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd. Examples include the Ajisper series manufactured by Manufacturer. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP 2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP 2017-194662A can also be used as a dispersant.
 硬化性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~95質量%が好ましい。下限は2質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、7質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、94質量%以下が好ましく、90質量%以下がより好ましく、85質量%以下が更に好ましく、80質量%以下が特に好ましい。 The content of the curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 94% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, even more preferably 85% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性化合物を含む場合、重合性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~85質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性モノマーを含む場合、重合性モノマーの含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable monomer as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物としてエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~70質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a curable compound, the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition. % is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含む場合、環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~70質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group as a curable compound, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 1 to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として樹脂を含む場合、樹脂の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~85質量%が好ましい。下限は2質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、7質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、75質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましく、40質量%以下が特に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a resin as a curable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が分散剤としての樹脂を含有する場合、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して、1~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下が好ましく、75質量部以下がより好ましい。下限は、2.5質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. Further, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
 本発明の組成物は、硬化性化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。硬化性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of curable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of curable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含有する。本発明の組成物に含まれる溶剤は、炭素数が8以上で、分子量が500以下である芳香族化合物(特定溶剤)を含む。
<<Solvent>>
The composition of the present invention contains a solvent. The solvent contained in the composition of the present invention contains an aromatic compound (specific solvent) having 8 or more carbon atoms and a molecular weight of 500 or less.
(特定溶剤)
 特定溶剤の融点は、30℃以下であることが好ましく、20℃以下であることがより好ましく、0℃以下であることが更に好ましい。
(Specific solvent)
The melting point of the specific solvent is preferably 30°C or lower, more preferably 20°C or lower, and even more preferably 0°C or lower.
 特定溶剤の分子量は、500以下であり、300以下であることが好ましく、200以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、104以上であることが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the specific solvent is 500 or less, preferably 300 or less, and more preferably 200 or less. The lower limit is preferably 104 or more.
 特定溶剤の沸点は、100~350℃であることが好ましい。上限は、260℃以下であることが好ましく、220℃以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、110℃以上であることが好ましく、120℃以上であることがより好ましい。 The specific solvent preferably has a boiling point of 100 to 350°C. The upper limit is preferably 260°C or lower, more preferably 220°C or lower. The lower limit is preferably 110°C or higher, more preferably 120°C or higher.
 特定溶剤のClogP値は-1.00~10.00であることが好ましい。上限は、7.00以下であることが好ましく、5.00以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、0.50以上であることが好ましく、1.00以上であることがより好ましい。なお、CLogP値とは、1-オクタノール/水の分配係数Pの常用対数であるLogPの計算値である。本明細書において、CLogP値は、ChemDrawProfessional ver.20.1.1.125(PerkinElmer社製)を用いて予測計算して求めた値である。 The ClogP value of the specific solvent is preferably -1.00 to 10.00. The upper limit is preferably 7.00 or less, more preferably 5.00 or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.50 or more, more preferably 1.00 or more. Note that the CLogP value is a calculated value of LogP, which is the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P of 1-octanol/water. In this specification, the CLogP value is determined by ChemDraw Professional ver. This is a value obtained by predictive calculation using 20.1.1.125 (manufactured by PerkinElmer).
 特定溶剤の波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値は10L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、5L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、1L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが更に好ましい。 The maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient of the specific solvent in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less, more preferably 5 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less, More preferably, it is 1 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less.
 特定溶剤は、炭素原子と水素原子とを含み、任意で更に酸素原子、窒素原子およびハロゲン原子から選ばれる原子を含んでもよい化合物であることが好ましく、炭素原子と水素原子とを含み、任意で更に酸素原子を含んでもよい化合物であることがより好ましく、炭素原子と水素原子のみで形成されている化合物であることが更に好ましい。 The specific solvent is preferably a compound containing a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and optionally further containing an atom selected from an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a halogen atom; Furthermore, it is more preferable that the compound is a compound that may contain an oxygen atom, and even more preferable that it is a compound formed only of carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms.
 特定溶剤の具体例としては、m-キシレン、o-キシレン、p-キシレン、テトラリン、ジフェニルエーテル、メシチレン、イソブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、n-ブチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、クメン、p-シメン、o-シメン、1,2,4-トリメチルベンゼン、1,2,3-トリメチルベンゼン、2-エチルトルエン、3-エチルトルエン、4-エチルトルエン、1,3-ジエチルベンゼン、2-プロピルトルエン、2-tert-ブチルトルエン、2,3,5-トリメチルアニソール、2,4-ジメチルアセトフェノン、1,3-ジヒドロ-1-メトキシイソベンゾフラン、o-トルイル酸メチル、2,3-ジメチルニトロベンゼン、2,5-ジメチルベンジルクロリド、3,4-ジメチルベンジルクロリド、2,4-ジメチルベンジルクロリド、1,2-ジメチルナフタレン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-1-カルボニトリル、2a,3,4,5-テトラヒドロアセナフテン、2-メチルベンゾトリフルオリド、5-アセチルインダン、1,2,3,5-テトラメチルベンゼン、4-エチル-m-キシレン、2-エチル-p-キシレン、3-エチル-o-キシレン、4-エチル-o-キシレン、2-(o-トリル)エタノール、2-メチルベンジルクロリド、4-クロロ-o-キシレン、3-クロロ-o-キシレン、α-テトラロン、β-テトラロン、イソクロマン、1-イソクロマノン、1,2,3,4,―テトラヒドロナフタレン-2-オール、ベンゾシクロブテン、インダン、4-フルオロ-o-キシレン、3-フルオロ-o-キシレン、o-トルニトリル、m-トルニトリル、p-トルニトリル、2,3-ジメチルベンゾニトリル、3-シアノベンジルアルコール、2-エトキシベンゾニトリル、4-tertブチルベンゾニトリル、2-アセトキシベンゾニトリル、3-(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゾニトリル、2-(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゾニトリル、3-(トリフルオロメトキシ)ベンゾニトリル、2-(トリフルオロメトキシ)ベンゾニトリル、4-(トリフルオロメトキシ)ベンゾニトリル、4-フェノキシベンゾニトリル、4-ヘプチルベンゾニトリル、2-クロロ-4-(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゾニトリル、3-クロロ-5-(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゾニトリル、3-フルオロ-5-(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゾニトリル、4-シアノ-4’-ペンチルビフェニル、4-シアノ-4’-ヘキシルビフェニル、o-キシリルシアニド、o-キシリレンオキシド、エチルベンゼン、2,4,6-トリメチル安息香酸エチル、フタル酸ジメチル、2-メトキシ-6-メチル安息香酸エチル、2-(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジルクロリド、フタル酸ジエチル、フタル酸ジプロピルおよびフタル酸ジイソブチルが挙げられる。
 特定溶剤は、m-キシレン、o-キシレン、p-キシレン、テトラリン、ジフェニルエーテル、メシチレン、イソブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、n-ブチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、クメン、p-シメン、o-シメン、1,2,4-トリメチルベンゼン、1,2,3-トリメチルベンゼン、2-エチルトルエン、3-エチルトルエン、4-エチルトルエン、1,3-ジエチルベンゼン、2-プロピルトルエン、2-tert-ブチルトルエン、2,3,5-トリメチルアニソール、o-トルイル酸メチル、1,2-ジメチルナフタレン、2-メチルベンゾトリフルオリド、1,2,3,5-テトラメチルベンゼン、4-エチル-m-キシレン、2-エチル-p-キシレン、3-エチル-o-キシレン、4-エチル-o-キシレン、4-クロロ-o-キシレン、3-クロロ-o-キシレン、α-テトラロン、β-テトラロン、1,2,3,4,―テトラヒドロナフタレン-2-オール、インダン、o-トルニトリル、m-トルニトリル、p-トルニトリル、エチルベンゼン、2,4,6-トリメチル安息香酸エチル、フタル酸ジメチル、2-メトキシ-6-メチル安息香酸エチル、2-(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジルクロリド、フタル酸ジエチル、フタル酸ジプロピルおよびフタル酸ジイソブチルからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、テトラリン、ジフェニルエーテル、メシチレン、イソブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、n-ブチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、クメン、p-シメン、o-シメン、1,2,4-トリメチルベンゼン、1,2,3-トリメチルベンゼン、2-エチルトルエン、3-エチルトルエン、4-エチルトルエン、1,3-ジエチルベンゼン、2-プロピルトルエン、2-tert-ブチルトルエン、2,3,5-トリメチルアニソール、o-トルイル酸メチル、1,2-ジメチルナフタレン、2-メチルベンゾトリフルオリド、1,2,3,5-テトラメチルベンゼン、4-エチル-m-キシレン、2-エチル-p-キシレン、3-エチル-o-キシレン、4-エチル-o-キシレン、4-クロロ-o-キシレン、3-クロロ-o-キシレン、α-テトラロン、β-テトラロン、1,2,3,4,―テトラヒドロナフタレン-2-オール、インダン、o-トルニトリル、m-トルニトリルおよびp-トルニトリルからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、本発明の効果が顕著に奏されるという理由から、テトラリン、メシチレン、イソブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、n-ブチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、クメン、p-シメン、o-シメン、1,2,4-トリメチルベンゼン、1,2,3-トリメチルベンゼン、2-エチルトルエン、3-エチルトルエン、4-エチルトルエン、1,3-ジエチルベンゼン、2-プロピルトルエン、2-tert-ブチルトルエンおよび2,3,5-トリメチルアニソールからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが更に好ましく、上記効果に加えて、更に得られる膜の耐湿性を向上させることができるという理由からテトラリン、メシチレン、プロピルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼンおよび2,3,5-トリメチルアニソールからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより一層好ましく、テトラリンおよびメシチレンからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが特に好ましい。
Specific examples of specific solvents include m-xylene, o-xylene, p-xylene, tetralin, diphenyl ether, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, and p-xylene. -cymene, o-cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyltoluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyltoluene , 2-tert-butyltoluene, 2,3,5-trimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylacetophenone, 1,3-dihydro-1-methoxyisobenzofuran, methyl o-toluate, 2,3-dimethylnitrobenzene, 2 , 5-dimethylbenzyl chloride, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl chloride, 2,4-dimethylbenzyl chloride, 1,2-dimethylnaphthalene, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-carbonitrile, 2a,3, 4,5-tetrahydroacenaphthene, 2-methylbenzotrifluoride, 5-acetylindane, 1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene, 4-ethyl-m-xylene, 2-ethyl-p-xylene, 3- Ethyl-o-xylene, 4-ethyl-o-xylene, 2-(o-tolyl)ethanol, 2-methylbenzyl chloride, 4-chloro-o-xylene, 3-chloro-o-xylene, α-tetralone, β -tetralone, isochroman, 1-isochromanone, 1,2,3,4,-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol, benzocyclobutene, indane, 4-fluoro-o-xylene, 3-fluoro-o-xylene, o-tolnitrile , m-tolnitrile, p-tolnitrile, 2,3-dimethylbenzonitrile, 3-cyanobenzyl alcohol, 2-ethoxybenzonitrile, 4-tertbutylbenzonitrile, 2-acetoxybenzonitrile, 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzo Nitrile, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzonitrile, 2-(trifluoromethoxy)benzonitrile, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzonitrile, 4-phenoxybenzonitrile, 4- Heptylbenzonitrile, 2-chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile, 3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile, 3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile, 4-cyano- 4'-pentylbiphenyl, 4-cyano-4'-hexylbiphenyl, o-xylylcyanide, o-xylylene oxide, ethylbenzene, ethyl 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoate, dimethyl phthalate, 2-methoxy-6-methyl Mention may be made of ethyl benzoate, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl chloride, diethyl phthalate, dipropyl phthalate and diisobutyl phthalate.
Specific solvents include m-xylene, o-xylene, p-xylene, tetralin, diphenyl ether, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, p-cymene, o -cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyltoluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyltoluene, 2-tert -Butyltoluene, 2,3,5-trimethylanisole, methyl o-toluate, 1,2-dimethylnaphthalene, 2-methylbenzotrifluoride, 1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene, 4-ethyl-m -xylene, 2-ethyl-p-xylene, 3-ethyl-o-xylene, 4-ethyl-o-xylene, 4-chloro-o-xylene, 3-chloro-o-xylene, α-tetralone, β-tetralone , 1,2,3,4,-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol, indane, o-tolnitrile, m-tolnitrile, p-tolnitrile, ethylbenzene, ethyl 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoate, dimethyl phthalate, 2- It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of ethyl methoxy-6-methylbenzoate, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl chloride, diethyl phthalate, dipropyl phthalate, and diisobutyl phthalate, and is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of tetralin, diphenyl ether, and mesitylene. , isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, p-cymene, o-cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyltoluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyltoluene, 2-tert-butyltoluene, 2,3,5-trimethylanisole, methyl o-toluate, 1, 2-dimethylnaphthalene, 2-methylbenzotrifluoride, 1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene, 4-ethyl-m-xylene, 2-ethyl-p-xylene, 3-ethyl-o-xylene, 4- Ethyl-o-xylene, 4-chloro-o-xylene, 3-chloro-o-xylene, α-tetralone, β-tetralone, 1,2,3,4,-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol, indan, o- At least one member selected from the group consisting of tolnitrile, m-tolnitrile, and p-tolnitrile is more preferable, and tetralin, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, and tert-butylbenzene are preferred because the effects of the present invention are significantly exhibited. , n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, p-cymene, o-cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyl It is more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of toluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyltoluene, 2-tert-butyltoluene and 2,3,5-trimethylanisole, and in addition to the above effects, Further, it is preferable that at least one member selected from the group consisting of tetralin, mesitylene, propylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, and 2,3,5-trimethylanisole is used because it can improve the moisture resistance of the obtained film. More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of tetralin and mesitylene.
(他の溶剤)
 本発明の組成物に含まれる溶剤は、上述した特定溶剤以外の溶剤(以下、他の溶剤ともいう)を更に含むことが好ましい。
 他の溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。
(other solvents)
It is preferable that the solvent contained in the composition of the present invention further contains a solvent other than the above-mentioned specific solvent (hereinafter also referred to as other solvent).
Examples of other solvents include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. For these details, paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Ester solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
 他の溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of other solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbide Tall acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3- Methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as Examples include diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol.
 他の溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、シクロヘキサノン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールジアセテートおよびアニソールからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが好ましい。 Other solvents include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate and anisole. It is preferable that it contains at least one kind selected from the group consisting of:
 溶剤中における上記他の溶剤の含有量は、90質量%以上であることが好ましく、95質量%以上であることがより好ましく、99質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the other solvent in the solvent is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, and even more preferably 99% by mass or more.
 組成物中における上述した特定溶剤の含有量は1~50000質量ppmである。上限は、30000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10000質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、5000質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、3質量ppm以上であることが好ましく、5質量ppm以上であることがより好ましく、10質量ppm以上であることが更に好ましい。
 組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~97質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、96質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 組成物中における上述した他の溶剤の含有量は、10~97質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、96質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 組成物は溶剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the above-mentioned specific solvent in the composition is 1 to 50,000 ppm by mass. The upper limit is preferably 30,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10,000 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less. The lower limit is preferably 3 mass ppm or more, more preferably 5 mass ppm or more, and even more preferably 10 mass ppm or more.
The content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10 to 97% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above. The upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less.
The content of the above-mentioned other solvents in the composition is preferably 10 to 97% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above. The upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less.
The composition may contain only one kind of solvent, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の組成物は、更に顔料誘導体を含有することができる。本発明の組成物に用いられる色素が顔料を含むものである場合には、本発明の組成物は更に顔料誘導体を含むことが好ましい。顔料誘導体は例えば分散助剤として用いられる。顔料誘導体としては、色素構造およびトリアジン構造からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基または塩基性基とを有する化合物が挙げられる。
<<Pigment derivative>>
The composition of the invention may further contain a pigment derivative. When the dye used in the composition of the present invention contains a pigment, it is preferred that the composition of the present invention further contains a pigment derivative. Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersion aids. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a pigment structure and a triazine structure, and an acid group or a basic group.
 上記色素骨格としては、スクアリリウム色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、ジアントラキノン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、チアジンインジゴ色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾール色素骨格およびベンゾオキサゾール色素骨格が挙げられ、スクアリリウム色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格およびベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格が好ましく、スクアリリウム色素骨格およびピロロピロール色素骨格がより好ましい。 The above pigment skeletons include squarylium pigment skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, benzisoindole pigment skeleton, thiazine indigo pigment skeleton, and azo pigment skeleton. , quinophthalone dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, benzimidazolone dye skeleton, benzothiazole dye skeleton, benzimidazole dye skeleton and benzoxazole dye skeleton, Squarylium dye skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton and benzimidazolone dye skeleton are preferred, and squarylium dye skeleton and pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton are more preferred.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホンアミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORA1で表される基が好ましい。スルホンアミド基としては、-NHSOA2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOA3、-CONHSOA4、-CONHCORA5または-SONHCORA6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOA3がより好ましい。RA1~RA6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RA1~RA6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonamide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof. Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, Examples include phosphonium ions. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by -NHCOR A1 is preferable. As the sulfonamide group, a group represented by -NHSO 2 R A2 is preferable. The imide acid group is preferably a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 , -CONHSO 2 R A4 , -CONHCOR A5 or -SO 2 NHCOR A6 , and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 is more preferred. R A1 to R A6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R A1 to R A6 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、顔料誘導体には、特開昭56-118462号公報に記載の化合物、特開昭63-264674号公報に記載の化合物、特開平01-217077号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-009961号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-026767号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-153780号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-045662号公報に記載の化合物、特開平04-285669号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-145546号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-212088号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-240158号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-030063号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-195326号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082に記載の化合物、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171に記載の化合物、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183に記載の化合物、特開2003-081972号公報に記載の化合物、特許第5299151号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172732号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-199308号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-085562号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-035351号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-109512号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-133154号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/002106号に記載のチオール連結基を有するジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩、特許第6996282号の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物を使用することもできる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include compounds described in Examples below. Pigment derivatives include compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, compounds described in JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-009961. Compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, compounds described in JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669 Compounds described in JP-A No. 06-145546, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-212088, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-240158, compounds described in JP-A No. 10-030063 Compounds described in JP-A-10-195326, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399 , the compound described in paragraph number 0082 of International Publication No. 2017/038252, the compound described in paragraph number 0171 of JP 2015-151530, the compound described in paragraph number 0162 to 0183 of JP 2011-252065, , Compounds described in JP 2003-081972, Compounds described in JP 5299151, Compounds described in JP 2015-172732, Compounds described in JP 2014-199308, JP 2014 Compounds described in -085562, compounds described in JP 2014-035351, compounds described in JP 2008-081565, compounds described in JP 2019-109512, JP 2019-133154 Compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 2020/002106, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds having a thiol linking group described in International Publication No. 2020/002106, benzimidazolone compounds or their salts described in JP 2018-168244, Patent No. 6996282 It is also possible to use a compound having an isoindoline skeleton described in the general formula (1) of No.
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対し、1~50質量部が好ましい。下限値は、3質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。上限値は、40質量部以下が好ましく、30質量部以下がより好ましい。顔料誘導体は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photopolymerization initiator>>
When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光開始剤などを用いることもできる。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, and hexaarylbylene compounds. Preferred are imidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketones The compound is more preferably a compound selected from a compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. In addition, as photopolymerization initiators, compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3,2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2019-044030, the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A No. 2019-167313, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2020-055992 The aminoacetophenone initiator having an oxazolidine group as described, the oxime photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2013-190459, the polymer described in JP 2020-172619, the WO 2020/152120 The compound represented by the formula 1 described in JP-A No. 2021-181406, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2022-013379, the formula (1) described in JP-A No. 2022-015747 ), a fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photoinitiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2021-507058, and the like can also be used.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole, etc. can be mentioned.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, and Irgacure 117. 3, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all BASF (manufactured by a company). Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 36. 9, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF) (manufactured by). Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF), and the like.
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(TRONLY社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166, and the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660); C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP-A-2000-0 Compounds described in Publication No. 66385, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015 /152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP 2017-198865, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, Examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515. Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by TRONLY), and Adeka Optomer N-19. 19 (Co., Ltd. ) Photopolymerization initiator 2) manufactured by ADEKA and described in JP-A-2012-014052. Further, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound without coloring property or a compound with high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物、特表2020-507664号公報に記載のフルオレニルアミノケトン類光開始剤、国際公開第2021/023144号に記載のオキシムエステル化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A No. 2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444, Examples include fluorenylaminoketone photoinitiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-507664 and oxime ester compounds described in International Publication No. 2021/023144.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2013-164471. Examples include compound (C-3).
 光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is in the form of a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466, Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, and Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to use an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. In addition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably from 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably from 2000 to 300,000, and even more preferably from 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable that there be. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a difunctional, trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a radical photopolymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. Furthermore, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is reduced and the solubility in solvents is improved, making it difficult to precipitate over time, thereby improving the stability of the composition over time. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiators include those listed in Japanese Translated Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Translated Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Translated Patent Publication No. 2016-532675. Dimers of oxime compounds described in paragraph numbers 0407 to 0412, paragraph numbers 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compound (E) and compound ( G), Cmpd 1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester initiator described in paragraph number 0007 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-523465, paragraph of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-167399 Photoinitiators described in paragraph numbers 0020 to 0033, photoinitiators (A) described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0026 of JP2017-151342A, oxime described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669 Examples include ester-based initiators.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましく、0.5~35質量%がより好ましく、1~30質量%が更に好ましい。組成物は光重合開始剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight, and even more preferably 1 to 30% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types of photopolymerization initiators. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<硬化剤>>
 本発明の組成物が環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含む場合、硬化剤をさらに含むことが好ましい。硬化剤としては、例えばアミン系化合物、酸無水物系化合物、アミド系化合物、フェノール化合物、多価カルボン酸、チオール化合物などが挙げられる。硬化剤の具体例としては、コハク酸、トリメリット酸、ピロメリット酸、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。硬化剤は、特開2016-075720号公報の段落番号0072~0078に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。硬化剤の含有量は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物の100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、0.01~10質量部がより好ましく、0.1~6.0質量部がさらに好ましい。
<<Curing agent>>
When the composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, it is preferable that the composition further contains a curing agent. Examples of the curing agent include amine compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amide compounds, phenol compounds, polyhydric carboxylic acids, and thiol compounds. Specific examples of the curing agent include succinic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), and the like. As the curing agent, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0072 to 0078 of JP-A No. 2016-075720 and compounds described in JP-A No. 2017-036379 can also be used. The content of the curing agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.1 to 6.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group. is even more preferable.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の組成物は界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactant>>
Preferably, the composition of the invention contains a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone surfactant or a fluorine surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0167~0169に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0167 to 0169 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
 フッ素系界面活性剤として、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤として、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. As a fluorine-based surfactant, a (meth) having a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group, propyleneoxy group) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A No. 2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-containing surfactant used in the present invention.
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example 14,000. In the above compounds, % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
 フッ素系界面活性剤として、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A No. 2010-164965, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, Examples include RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A No. 2015-117327 can also be used.
 国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。 It is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulations to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for a surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms.
 式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
 式(fi-1)中、mは1または2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、aは1または2を表し、Xa+はa価の金属イオン、第1級アンモニウムイオン、第2級アンモニウムイオン、第3級アンモニウムイオン、第4級アンモニウムイオンまたはNH を表す。
It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
In formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, and X a+ represents an a-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, a Represents a secondary ammonium ion, a tertiary ammonium ion, a quaternary ammonium ion, or NH 4 + .
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(和光純薬工業(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Olfin E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
 カチオン性界面活性剤としては、テトラアルキルアンモニウム塩、アルキルアミン塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、アルキルピリジウム塩、イミダゾリウム塩等が挙げられる。具体例としては、ジヒドロキシエチルステアリルアミン、2-ヘプタデセニル-ヒドロキシエチルイミダゾリン、ラウリルジメチルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド、セチルピリジニウムクロライド、ステアラミドメチルピリジウムクロライド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the cationic surfactant include tetraalkylammonium salts, alkylamine salts, benzalkonium salts, alkylpyridium salts, imidazolium salts, and the like. Specific examples include dihydroxyethylstearylamine, 2-heptadecenyl-hydroxyethylimidazoline, lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, stearamidemethylpyridium chloride, and the like.
 アニオン性界面活性剤としては、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸ナトリウム、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、オレイン酸カリウム、ナトリウムジオクチルスルホサクシネート、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテ硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、オレイン酸ナトリウム、t-オクチルフェノキシエトキシポリエトキシエチル硫酸ナトリウム塩等が挙げられる。 Anionic surfactants include dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonate, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, potassium oleate, sodium dioctyl Sulfosuccinate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, sodium oleate, t-octylphenoxyethoxypolyethoxyethyl Examples include sodium sulfate salt.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of silicone surfactants include SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4440, TS F-4300 , TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Moreover, a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
 界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.001~1質量%が好ましく、0.001~0.5質量%がより好ましく、0.001~0.2質量%が更に好ましい。組成物は界面活性剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 0.5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. . The composition may contain only one kind of surfactant, or may contain two or more kinds of surfactants. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられ、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。重合禁止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。組成物は重合禁止剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Polymerization inhibitor>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.), with p-methoxyphenol being preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one kind of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の組成物はシランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本明細書において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応および縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。シランカップリング剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。組成物はシランカップリング剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agent>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent. In this specification, a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Furthermore, the term "hydrolyzable group" refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond through at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, mercapto groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, amino groups, ureido groups, sulfide groups, isocyanate groups, and phenyl groups. (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred. Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0066 of JP-A No. 2009-242604, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Incorporated into the specification. The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ジベンゾイル化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-217221号公報の段落番号0038~0052、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080、国際公開第2021/132247号の段落番号0022~0024に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、BASF社製のTinuvinシリーズ、Uvinul(ユビナール)シリーズなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0059~0076に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.05~25質量%がより好ましい。組成物は紫外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Ultraviolet absorber>>
The composition of the present invention can contain a UV absorber. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, dibenzoyl compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraphs 0317 to 0317 of JP2013-068814A. 0334, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946, and paragraph numbers 0022 to 0024 of International Publication No. 2021/132247, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available UV absorbers include the Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF. Furthermore, examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Yushi (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Patent No. 6268967 and paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of International Publication No. 2016/181987 can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types of ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤などが挙げられる。フェノール系酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール系酸化防止剤は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。リン系酸化防止剤としては、トリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)、トリス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイトなどが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、JP-650(城北化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。酸化防止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。組成物は酸化防止剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Antioxidant>>
Compositions of the invention may contain antioxidants. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, and the like. Examples of phenolic antioxidants include hindered phenol compounds. The phenolic antioxidant is preferably a compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position). The above-mentioned substituents are preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Preferably, the antioxidant is a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. As a phosphorus antioxidant, tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepine- 6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepine-2- yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) phosphite, tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, and the like. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), and JP-650 (manufactured by Johoku Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.). The antioxidants include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, and Korean Publication No. Compounds described in Patent No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one kind of antioxidant, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本発明の組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
<<Other ingredients>>
The composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.). agent, peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension regulator, chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted. These components are described, for example, in paragraphs 0183 and after of JP-A-2012-003225 (corresponding paragraph 0237 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), and in paragraphs of JP-A-2008-250074. The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification. The composition of the present invention may also contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. A latent antioxidant is a compound whose moiety that functions as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. Examples include compounds that function as antioxidants by removing protective groups. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in WO 2014/021023, WO 2017/030005, and JP 2017-008219. Commercially available latent antioxidants include Adeka Arcles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 本発明の組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、樹脂組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。
 本発明の組成物は、遊離の金属含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppmいかであることがより好ましい。また、遊離のハロゲン含有量は100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換樹脂による精製等の方法が挙げられる。
It is also preferred that the compositions of the invention are substantially free of terephthalic acid esters. Here, "substantially not containing" means that the content of terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the resin composition, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, Particularly preferred is zero.
The composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Further, the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Examples of methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification using ion-exchange resins.
<収容容器>
 本発明の組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、組成物の経時安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。
<Storage container>
The container for storing the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known container can be used. In addition, in order to prevent impurities from entering raw materials and compositions, we use multi-layer bottles whose inner walls are made of 6 types of 6 layers of resin, and bottles with 7 layers of 6 types of resin as storage containers. It is also preferable to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A No. 2015-123351. Further, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass, stainless steel, or the like for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, increasing stability of the composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
<組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解または分散して組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じては、各成分を適宜配合した2つ以上の溶液または分散液をあらかじめ調製し、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して組成物として調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing composition>
The composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the components described above. When preparing a composition, the composition may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing all the components in a solvent at the same time, or if necessary, two or more solutions or dispersions containing each component may be prepared in advance. The composition may be prepared by mixing these at the time of use (at the time of application).
 組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含んでいてもよい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて顔料の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズの素材としては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼およびガラスが挙げられる。また、ビーズには、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用することもできる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 The preparation of the composition may include a process of dispersing the pigment. In the process of dispersing pigments, mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In addition, when pulverizing pigments in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use small-diameter beads or increase the filling rate of the beads, thereby increasing the pulverizing efficiency. Further, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc. after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and dispersion machine for dispersing pigments are described in ``Complete Works of Dispersion Technology, Published by Information Technology Corporation, July 15, 2005'' and ``Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) and industrial The process and dispersion machine described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A, "Practical Application Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be suitably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the pigment may be subjected to a finer treatment in a salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in JP-A No. 2015-194521 and JP-A No. 2012-046629 can be referred to, for example. Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass. Moreover, an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads. The composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
 組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。ろ過に用いるフィルタの種類およびろ過方法としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0196~0199に記載のフィルタおよびろ過方法が挙げられる。 When preparing the composition, it is preferable to filter the composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. Examples of the type of filter and filtration method used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0199 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
<膜の製造方法>
 本発明の膜の製造方法は、本発明の組成物を支持体に塗布する工程を含む。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
The method for producing a membrane of the present invention includes the step of applying the composition of the present invention to a support.
 支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、透明基材、シリコン基板などが挙げられる。
 シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。
 透明基材としては、少なくとも可視光を透過できる材料で構成されたものであれば特に限定されない。例えば、ガラス、樹脂などの材質で構成された基材が挙げられる。樹脂としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、エチレン酢酸ビニル共重合体等のポリオレフィン樹脂、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリアクリレート、ポリメチルメタクリレート等のアクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、塩化ビニル樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂等が挙げられる。ガラスとしては、ソーダライムガラス、ホウケイ酸ガラス、無アルカリガラス、石英ガラス、銅を含有するガラスなどが挙げられる。銅を含有するガラスとしては、銅を含有する燐酸塩ガラス、銅を含有する弗燐酸塩ガラスなどが挙げられる。銅を含有するガラスは、市販品を用いることもできる。銅を含有するガラスの市販品としては、NF-50(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)等が挙げられる。
The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. Examples include transparent base materials, silicon substrates, and the like.
A charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface. The surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferable that the angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
The transparent base material is not particularly limited as long as it is made of a material that can transmit at least visible light. Examples include base materials made of materials such as glass and resin. Examples of resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers, acrylic resins such as norbornene resins, polyacrylates, and polymethyl methacrylates, urethane resins, and vinyl chloride resins. , fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, and the like. Examples of the glass include soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and glass containing copper. Examples of glass containing copper include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like. A commercially available glass containing copper can also be used. Examples of commercially available glass containing copper include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.).
 組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(たとえば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。 A known method can be used to apply the composition. For example, drop casting method; slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method; casting coating method; slit and spin method; Various methods such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexo printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Examples include printing method; transfer method using a mold etc.; nanoimprint method. The application method for inkjet is not particularly limited, and for example, the method shown in "Expanding and Usable Inkjet - Infinite Possibilities Seen in Patents," Published February 2005, Sumibe Techno Research (especially from page 115). 133 pages), and methods described in JP-A No. 2003-262716, JP-A No. 2003-185831, JP-A No. 2003-261827, JP-A No. 2012-126830, JP-A No. 2006-169325, etc. Can be mentioned.
 組成物を塗布して形成した組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~3000秒が好ましく、40~2500秒がより好ましく、80~220秒が更に好ましい。乾燥は、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The composition layer formed by applying the composition may be dried (prebaked). When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher. The prebake time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed using a hot plate, oven, or the like.
 膜の製造方法においては、更にパターンを形成する工程を含んでいてもよい。パターン形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いたパターン形成方法や、ドライエッチング法を用いたパターン形成方法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いたパターン形成方法が好ましい。なお、本発明の膜を平坦膜として用いる場合には、パターンを形成する工程を行わなくてもよい。以下、パターンを形成する工程について詳細に説明する。 The film manufacturing method may further include a step of forming a pattern. Examples of the pattern forming method include a pattern forming method using a photolithography method and a pattern forming method using a dry etching method, and a pattern forming method using a photolithography method is preferable. Note that when the film of the present invention is used as a flat film, the step of forming a pattern may not be performed. Hereinafter, the process of forming a pattern will be described in detail.
(フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成する場合)
 フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成方法は、本発明の組成物を塗布して形成した組成物層に対しパターン状に露光する工程(露光工程)と、未露光部の組成物層を現像除去してパターンを形成する工程(現像工程)と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、現像されたパターンをベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。以下、各工程について説明する。
(When forming a pattern using photolithography)
The pattern forming method using the photolithography method includes a step of exposing a composition layer formed by applying the composition of the present invention to light in a pattern (exposure step), and developing and removing the unexposed portions of the composition layer. It is preferable to include a step of forming a pattern (developing step). If necessary, a step of baking the developed pattern (post-bake step) may be provided. Each step will be explained below.
 露光工程では組成物層をパターン状に露光する。例えば、組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 In the exposure step, the composition layer is exposed in a pattern. For example, the composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the composition layer to light through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. This allows the exposed portion to be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used during exposure includes g-line, i-line, etc. Furthermore, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm). Furthermore, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 Furthermore, during exposure, light may be exposed by continuous irradiation, or exposure may be performed by irradiation in pulses (pulse exposure). Note that pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and pauses in short cycles (for example, on the millisecond level or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being carried out in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially The exposure may be performed in an oxygen-free environment (in the absence of oxygen), or in a high oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume %, or 50 volume %). Further, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000W/m 2 to 100000W/m 2 (for example, 5000W/m 2 , 15000W/m 2 , or 35000W/m 2 ). Can be done. The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, the illumination intensity may be 10,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume, or 20,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
 次に、露光後の組成物層における未露光部の組成物層を現像除去してパターンを形成する。未露光部の組成物層の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが支持体上に残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portions of the composition layer after exposure are removed by development to form a pattern. The composition layer in the unexposed area can be removed by development using a developer. As a result, the unexposed portions of the composition layer in the exposure step are eluted into the developer, and only the photocured portions remain on the support. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to improve the ability to remove residues, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。現像液、および、現像後の洗浄(リンス)方法については、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0214に記載の現像液や洗浄方法を用いることができる。 Examples of the developer include organic solvents and alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferably used. Regarding the developer and the cleaning (rinsing) method after development, the developer and cleaning method described in paragraph number 0214 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-bake) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-bake are post-development curing processing to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C. Post-baking can be carried out in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or high-frequency heater to maintain the developed film under the above conditions. . When performing additional exposure processing, the light used for exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
(ドライエッチング法でパターン形成する場合)
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、上記組成物を支持体上に塗布して形成した組成物層を硬化して硬化物層を形成し、次いで、この硬化物層上にパターニングされたフォトレジスト層を形成し、次いで、パターニングされたフォトレジスト層をマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングするなどの方法で行うことができる。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、プリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(When forming a pattern using dry etching method)
Pattern formation by the dry etching method involves applying the above composition onto a support and curing the composition layer to form a cured product layer, and then forming a patterned photoresist layer on this cured product layer. This can be carried out by forming a patterned photoresist layer as a mask, and dry etching the cured material layer using an etching gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to perform a prebaking process. Regarding pattern formation by the dry etching method, the descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A No. 2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
 本発明の膜の製造方法によって製造される膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、200μm以下とすることができ、150μm以下とすることもでき、120μm以下とすることもでき、20μm以下とすることもでき、10μm以下とすることもでき、5μm以下とすることもできる。膜厚の下限は0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましい。 The thickness of the film produced by the film production method of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose. For example, the film thickness can be 200 μm or less, 150 μm or less, 120 μm or less, 20 μm or less, 10 μm or less, and 5 μm or less. You can also do that. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more.
 本発明の膜の製造方法によって得られる膜は、光学フィルタとして好ましく用いることができる。光学フィルタの用途は、特に限定されないが、赤外線カットフィルタ、赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。赤外線カットフィルタとしては、例えば、固体撮像素子の受光側における赤外線カットフィルタ(例えば、ウエハーレベルレンズに対する赤外線カットフィルタ用など)、固体撮像素子の裏面側(受光側とは反対側)における赤外線カットフィルタ、環境光センサー用の赤外線カットフィルタ(例えば、情報端末装置が置かれた環境の照度や色調を感知してディスプレイの色調を調整する照度センサーや、色調を調整する色補正用センサー)などが挙げられる。特に、固体撮像素子の受光側における赤外線カットフィルタとして好ましく用いることができる。赤外線透過フィルタとしては、可視光を遮光し、特定の波長以上の赤外線を選択的に透過可能なフィルタが挙げられる。 The film obtained by the film manufacturing method of the present invention can be preferably used as an optical filter. Applications of the optical filter are not particularly limited, but include infrared cut filters, infrared transmission filters, and the like. Examples of the infrared cut filter include an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of the solid-state image sensor (for example, an infrared cut filter for a wafer level lens, etc.), and an infrared cut filter on the back side of the solid-state image sensor (opposite side to the light receiving side). , infrared cut filters for environmental light sensors (for example, illuminance sensors that detect the illuminance and color tone of the environment in which the information terminal device is placed and adjust the color tone of the display, and color correction sensors that adjust the color tone). It will be done. In particular, it can be preferably used as an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of a solid-state image sensor. Examples of the infrared transmission filter include a filter that can block visible light and selectively transmit infrared rays having a specific wavelength or more.
 本発明の膜の製造方法によって得られる膜は、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や、赤外線センサ、画像表示装置などの各種装置に用いることができる。 The film obtained by the film manufacturing method of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCD (charge coupled device) and CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), infrared sensors, and image display devices. can.
<光学フィルタの製造方法>
 本発明の光学フィルタの製造方法は、上述した本発明の膜の製造方法を含む。光学フィルタの種類としては、赤外線カットフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。
<Manufacturing method of optical filter>
The method of manufacturing an optical filter of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention described above. Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters.
 光学フィルタは、更に、銅を含有する層、誘電体多層膜、紫外線吸収層などを有していてもよい。紫外線吸収層としては、例えば、国際公開第2015/099060号の段落番号0040~0070、0119~0145に記載された吸収層が挙げられる。誘電体多層膜としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0255~0259に記載された誘電体多層膜が挙げられる。銅を含有する層としては、銅を含有するガラスで構成されたガラス基板(銅含有ガラス基板)や、銅錯体を含む層(銅錯体含有層)を用いることもできる。銅含有ガラス基板としては、銅を含有する燐酸塩ガラス、銅を含有する弗燐酸塩ガラスなどが挙げられる。銅含有ガラスの市販品としては、NF-50(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)、BG-60、BG-61(以上、ショット社製)、CD5000(HOYA(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The optical filter may further include a layer containing copper, a dielectric multilayer film, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, etc. Examples of the ultraviolet absorbing layer include the absorbing layers described in paragraph numbers 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication No. 2015/099060. Examples of the dielectric multilayer film include the dielectric multilayer films described in paragraph numbers 0255 to 0259 of JP-A No. 2014-041318. As the layer containing copper, a glass substrate made of glass containing copper (copper-containing glass substrate) or a layer containing a copper complex (copper complex-containing layer) can also be used. Examples of the copper-containing glass substrate include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like. Commercially available copper-containing glasses include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.), BG-60, BG-61 (all manufactured by Schott Co., Ltd.), and CD5000 (manufactured by HOYA Co., Ltd.).
<固体撮像素子の製造方法>
 本発明の固体撮像素子の製造方法は、上述した本発明の膜の製造方法を含む。固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はない。例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Method for manufacturing solid-state image sensor>
The method of manufacturing a solid-state image sensor of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state image sensor. For example, the following configurations may be mentioned.
 支持体上に、固体撮像素子の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口したタングステン等からなる遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であって、カラーフィルタの下(支持体に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素を形成する膜が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報に記載された装置が挙げられる。 On the support, there is a plurality of photodiodes that constitute the light-receiving area of the solid-state image sensor and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon, etc., and a light-shielding material made of tungsten or the like with only the light-receiving part of the photodiode opened above the photodiode and transfer electrode. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion, and a color filter is provided on the device protective film. Furthermore, a configuration in which a light condensing means (for example, a microlens, etc., the same applies hereinafter) is provided on the device protective film and below the color filter (on the side closer to the support), or a configuration in which the condensing means is provided on the color filter. etc. may be used. Further, the color filter may have a structure in which a film forming each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a lattice shape by partition walls. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each pixel. Examples of an imaging device having such a structure include devices described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 2012-227478 and 2014-179577.
<画像表示装置の製造方法>
 本発明の画像表示装置の製造方法は、本発明の膜の製造方法を含む。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(有機EL)表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。画像表示装置は、白色有機EL素子を有するものであってもよい。白色有機EL素子としては、タンデム構造であることが好ましい。有機EL素子のタンデム構造については、特開2003-045676号公報、三上明義監修、「有機EL技術開発の最前線-高輝度・高精度・長寿命化・ノウハウ集-」、技術情報協会、326~328ページ、2008年などに記載されている。有機EL素子が発光する白色光のスペクトルは、青色領域(430~485nm)、緑色領域(530~580nm)及び黄色領域(580~620nm)に強い極大発光ピークを有するものが好ましい。これらの発光ピークに加え更に赤色領域(650~700nm)に極大発光ピークを有するものがより好ましい。
<Method for manufacturing image display device>
The method of manufacturing an image display device of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device. For definitions and details of image display devices, see, for example, "Electronic Display Devices (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Industrial Research Institute Co., Ltd., 1990)" and "Display Devices (written by Junaki Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., published in 1989). Publication)” etc. Further, liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular restriction on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied, and for example, the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology." The image display device may include a white organic EL element. The white organic EL element preferably has a tandem structure. Regarding the tandem structure of organic EL elements, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "The forefront of organic EL technology development - High brightness, high precision, long life, collection of know-how", Technical Information Association, It is described in pages 326-328, 2008, etc. The spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430 to 485 nm), green region (530 to 580 nm), and yellow region (580 to 620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, it is more preferable to have a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 to 700 nm).
<赤外線センサの製造方法>
 本発明の赤外線センサは、上述した本発明の膜の製造方法を含む。赤外線センサの構成としては、赤外線センサとして機能する構成であれば特に限定はない。以下、赤外線センサの一実施形態について、図面を用いて説明する。
<Method for manufacturing infrared sensor>
The infrared sensor of the present invention includes the method for manufacturing the film of the present invention described above. The configuration of the infrared sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor. An embodiment of an infrared sensor will be described below with reference to the drawings.
 図1において、符号110は、固体撮像素子である。固体撮像素子110の撮像領域上には、赤外線カットフィルタ111と、赤外線透過フィルタ114とが配置されている。また、赤外線カットフィルタ111上には、カラーフィルタ112が配置されている。カラーフィルタ112および赤外線透過フィルタ114の入射光hν側には、マイクロレンズ115が配置されている。マイクロレンズ115を覆うように平坦化層116が形成されている。 In FIG. 1, reference numeral 110 indicates a solid-state image sensor. An infrared cut filter 111 and an infrared transmission filter 114 are arranged on the imaging area of the solid-state image sensor 110. Further, a color filter 112 is arranged on the infrared cut filter 111. A microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light hv side of the color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 114. A flattening layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115.
 図1に示す赤外線センサにおいて、平坦化層116上には、赤外線カットフィルタ111とは別の赤外線カットフィルタ(他の赤外線カットフィルタ)が更に配置されていてもよい。他の赤外線カットフィルタとしては、銅を含有する層および/または誘電体多層膜を有するものなどが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、上述したものが挙げられる。また、他の赤外線カットフィルタとしては、デュアルバンドパスフィルタを用いてもよい。 In the infrared sensor shown in FIG. 1, an infrared cut filter other than the infrared cut filter 111 (another infrared cut filter) may be further disposed on the flattening layer 116. Other infrared cut filters include those having a layer containing copper and/or a dielectric multilayer film. Details of these are mentioned above. Moreover, a dual band pass filter may be used as another infrared cut filter.
<カメラモジュールの製造方法>
 本発明のカメラモジュールの製造方法は、上述した本発明の膜の製造方法を含む。カメラモジュールは、レンズ、及び、固体撮像素子から得られる撮像を処理する回路を更に有することが好ましい。カメラモジュールに用いられる固体撮像素子としては、上記本開示に係る固体撮像素子であってもよいし、公知の固体撮像素子であってもよい。また、カメラモジュールに用いられるレンズ、及び、上記固体撮像素子から得られる撮像を処理する回路としては、公知のものを用いることができる。カメラモジュールの例としては、特開2016-006476号公報、及び、特開2014-197190号公報に記載のカメラモジュールを参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Camera module manufacturing method>
The method of manufacturing a camera module of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing a film of the present invention described above. Preferably, the camera module further includes a lens and a circuit that processes images obtained from the solid-state image sensor. The solid-state image sensor used in the camera module may be the solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure described above, or may be a known solid-state image sensor. Further, as the lens used in the camera module and the circuit that processes the image obtained from the solid-state image sensor, known ones can be used. As an example of the camera module, camera modules described in JP-A No. 2016-006476 and JP-A No. 2014-197190 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。以下に示す構造式中のMeはメチル基であり、Phはフェニル基である。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples below. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Me in the structural formula shown below is a methyl group, and Ph is a phenyl group.
<分散液の調製>
 下記表に記載の色素(顔料)の1.902質量部、下記表に記載の誘導体の0.36質量部、下記表に記載の分散剤の9質量部、下記表に記載の溶剤の18.74質量部、及び、直径0.3mmのジルコニアビーズ40質量部を混合し、ペイントシェーカーを用いて5時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して分散液を製造した。
<Preparation of dispersion>
1.902 parts by mass of the dyes (pigments) listed in the table below, 0.36 parts by mass of the derivatives listed in the table below, 9 parts by mass of the dispersants listed in the table below, 18 parts by mass of the solvents listed in the table below. 74 parts by mass and 40 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm were mixed, subjected to a dispersion treatment for 5 hours using a paint shaker, and the beads were separated by filtration to produce a dispersion liquid.
(色素)
 PPB-A-1~PPB-A-3 : 下記構造の化合物(赤外線吸収顔料)
 SQ-A-1、SQ-A-2 : 下記構造の化合物(赤外線吸収顔料)
 PR254 : C.I.ピグメントレッド254(赤色顔料)
 PB15:6 : C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(青色顔料)
 PV23 : C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23(紫色顔料)
 PG58 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン58(緑色顔料)
 PY185 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー185(黄色顔料)
(dye)
PPB-A-1 to PPB-A-3: Compounds with the following structure (infrared absorbing pigments)
SQ-A-1, SQ-A-2: Compounds with the following structure (infrared absorbing pigments)
PR254: C. I. Pigment Red 254 (red pigment)
PB15:6: C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (blue pigment)
PV23: C. I. Pigment Violet 23 (purple pigment)
PG58: C. I. Pigment Green 58 (green pigment)
PY185: C. I. Pigment Yellow 185 (yellow pigment)
(誘導体)
 PPB-1~PPB-3:下記構造の化合物
 SQ-B-1、SQ-B-2:下記構造の化合物
 B1:下記構造の化合物
(derivative)
PPB-1 to PPB-3: Compounds with the following structure SQ-B-1, SQ-B-2: Compounds with the following structure B1: Compounds with the following structure
(分散剤)
 D-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数を表す。重量平均分子量38900、酸価99.1mgKOH/g)をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル=9:1(質量比)の混合溶液で固形分濃度を20質量%に調整した溶液
 D-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数を表す。重量平均分子量21000、酸価36.0mgKOH/g、アミン価47.0mgKOH/g)をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル=9:1(質量比)の混合溶液で固形分濃度を20質量%に調整した溶液
(dispersant)
D-1: A resin with the following structure (the number added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number added to the side chain represents the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 38,900, acid value 99.1 mgKOH/g) was added to propylene. A solution in which the solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with a mixed solution of glycol monomethyl ether acetate: propylene glycol monomethyl ether = 9:1 (mass ratio) D-2: Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are molar ratios) The numbers attached to the side chains represent the number of repeating units.Weight average molecular weight 21000, acid value 36.0 mgKOH/g, amine value 47.0 mgKOH/g) as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: propylene glycol monomethyl ether = A solution in which the solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with a mixed solution of 9:1 (mass ratio)
(溶剤)
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
 S-5:ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート
 S-6:ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート
 S-7:プロピレングリコールジアセテート
 S-8:乳酸エチル
 S-9:酢酸ブチル
 S-10:アニソール
(solvent)
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether S-5: Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate S-6: Dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate S-7: Propylene glycol diacetate S-8: Ethyl lactate S-9: Butyl acetate S-10: Anisole
<色素溶液の調製>
 下記表に記載の色素(染料)の8.02質量部、下記表に記載の溶剤の91.98質量部を混合して色素溶液を製造した。
<Preparation of dye solution>
A dye solution was prepared by mixing 8.02 parts by mass of the pigment (dye) listed in the table below and 91.98 parts by mass of the solvent listed in the table below.
(色素)
 PPB-C-1~PPB-C-4:下記構造の化合物
 SQ-C-1~SQ-C-5:下記構造の化合物
(dye)
PPB-C-1 to PPB-C-4: Compounds with the following structure SQ-C-1 to SQ-C-5: Compounds with the following structure
(溶剤)
 S-3:シクロペンタノン
 S-4:シクロヘキサノン
(solvent)
S-3: Cyclopentanone S-4: Cyclohexanone
<組成物の製造>
 各素材を、以下に示す処方1~4の割合で混合したのち、組成物中に含まれる特定溶剤の含有量が下記表に記載の含有量となるように特定溶剤の含有量を調整し、次いで、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各組成物を製造した。
<Manufacture of composition>
After mixing each material in the proportions of formulations 1 to 4 shown below, adjust the content of the specific solvent so that the content of the specific solvent contained in the composition becomes the content listed in the table below, Next, each composition was manufactured by filtering through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm.
<処方1>
 下記表に記載の分散液  ・・・15.873質量部
 下記表に記載の樹脂  ・・・2.943質量部
 下記表に記載の重合性化合物  ・・・0.45質量部
 下記表に記載の光重合開始剤  ・・・0.45質量部
 重合禁止剤(p-メトキシフェノール)  ・・・0.001質量部
 下記表に記載の界面活性剤  ・・・0.0075質量部
 下記表に記載の溶剤:10.276質量部
<Prescription 1>
Dispersion liquid listed in the table below: 15.873 parts by mass Resin listed in the table below: 2.943 parts by mass Polymerizable compound listed in the table below: 0.45 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator: 0.45 part by mass Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.001 part by mass Surfactant described in the table below: 0.0075 part by mass As described in the table below: Solvent: 10.276 parts by mass
<処方2>
 下記表に記載の分散液  ・・・15.873質量部
 下記表に記載の樹脂  ・・・2.943質量部
 下記表に記載のエポキシ化合物  ・・・0.9質量部
 重合禁止剤(p-メトキシフェノール)  ・・・0.001質量部
 下記表に記載の界面活性剤  ・・・0.0075質量部
 下記表に記載の溶剤  ・・・10.276質量部
<Prescription 2>
Dispersion liquid listed in the table below: 15.873 parts by mass Resin listed in the table below: 2.943 parts by mass Epoxy compound listed in the table below: 0.9 parts by mass Polymerization inhibitor (p- methoxyphenol)...0.001 parts by mass Surfactants listed in the table below...0.0075 parts by mass Solvents listed in the table below...10.276 parts by mass
<処方3>
 下記表に記載の色素溶液  ・・・14.921質量部
 下記表に記載の樹脂  ・・・3.895質量部
 下記表に記載の重合性化合物  ・・・0.45質量部
 下記表に記載の光重合開始剤  ・・・0.45質量部
 重合禁止剤(p-メトキシフェノール)  ・・・0.001質量部
 下記表に記載の界面活性剤  ・・・0.00075質量部
 下記表に記載の溶剤  ・・・10.276質量部
<Prescription 3>
Dye solution listed in the table below...14.921 parts by mass Resin listed in the table below...3.895 parts by mass Polymerizable compound listed in the table below...0.45 parts by mass... Photopolymerization initiator: 0.45 parts by mass Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.001 part by mass Surfactant described in the table below: 0.00075 parts by mass As described in the table below: Solvent: 10.276 parts by mass
<処方4>
 下記表に記載の色素溶液  ・・・14.921質量部
 下記表に記載の樹脂  ・・・3.895質量部
 下記表に記載のエポキシ化合物  ・・・0.9質量部
 重合禁止剤(p-メトキシフェノール)  ・・・0.001質量部
 下記表に記載の界面活性剤  ・・・0.0075質量部
 下記表に記載の溶剤  ・・・10.276質量部
<Prescription 4>
Dye solution listed in the table below: 14.921 parts by mass Resin listed in the table below: 3.895 parts by mass Epoxy compound listed in the table below: 0.9 part by mass Polymerization inhibitor (p- methoxyphenol)...0.001 parts by mass Surfactants listed in the table below...0.0075 parts by mass Solvents listed in the table below...10.276 parts by mass
 上記表に記載の素材のうち、分散液、色素溶液及び特定溶剤以外の素材の詳細は以下の通りである。 Among the materials listed in the table above, details of the materials other than the dispersion liquid, dye solution, and specific solvent are as follows.
(樹脂)
 E-1:メタクリル酸ベンジル、メタクリル酸、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルの共重合樹脂(重量平均分子量14000、酸価77mgKOH/g、アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
 E-2:ARTON F4520(JSR(株)製、環状ポリオレフィン樹脂)
 E-3:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量40000、酸価100mgKOH/g、主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の質量比を表す。アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
(resin)
E-1: Copolymer resin of benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid, and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight 14,000, acid value 77 mgKOH/g, alkali-soluble resin)
E-2: ARTON F4520 (manufactured by JSR Corporation, cyclic polyolefin resin)
E-3: Resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 40,000, acid value 100 mgKOH/g, the numerical value appended to the main chain represents the mass ratio of repeating units. Alkali-soluble resin)
(重合性化合物)
 M-1:アロニックスM-305(東亞合成(株)製、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートとの混合物。ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートの含有量が55質量%~63質量%である。)
 M-2:KAYARAD RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製、エチレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート)
 M-3:アロニックスM-510(東亞合成(株)製、多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマー)
(Polymerizable compound)
M-1: Aronix M-305 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate. The content of pentaerythritol triacrylate is 55% by mass to 63% by mass.)
M-2: KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ethylene oxide modified pentaerythritol tetraacrylate)
M-3: Aronix M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomer)
(光重合開始剤)
 C-1:Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製、オキシムエステル系開始剤)
 C-2:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製、オキシムエステル系開始剤)
 C-3:Omnirad 907(IGM Resins B.V.社製、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系開始剤)
(Photopolymerization initiator)
C-1: Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, oxime ester initiator)
C-2: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime ester initiator)
C-3: Omnirad 907 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., α-aminoalkylphenone initiator)
(エポキシ化合物)
 F-1:メタクリル酸グリシジル骨格ランダムポリマー(日油(株)製、マープルーフG-0150M、重量平均分子量10000)
 F-2:EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製、ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂)
 F-3:JER1031S(三菱ケミカル(株)製、多官能エポキシ樹脂)
 F-4:EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-1-ブタノールの1,2-エポキシ-4-(2-オキシラニル)シクロヘキサン付加物)
(epoxy compound)
F-1: Glycidyl methacrylate skeleton random polymer (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Marproof G-0150M, weight average molecular weight 10,000)
F-2: EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation, novolac type epoxy resin)
F-3: JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, polyfunctional epoxy resin)
F-4: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation, 1,2-epoxy-4-(2-oxiranyl)cyclohexane adduct of 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol)
(界面活性剤)
 H-1:メガファックRS-72-K(DIC(株)製、フッ素系界面活性剤)
 H-2: 下記構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である)
 H-3:KF-6001(信越化学工業(株)製、両末端カルビノール変性ポリジメチルシロキサン、水酸基価62mgKOH/g)
(surfactant)
H-1: Megafac RS-72-K (manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluorine-based surfactant)
H-2: Compound with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14,000, the numerical value of % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%)
H-3: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., polydimethylsiloxane modified with carbinol at both ends, hydroxyl value 62 mgKOH/g)
(溶剤)
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
 S-3:シクロペンタノン
 S-4:シクロヘキサノン
 S-5:ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート
 S-6:ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート
 S-7:プロピレングリコールジアセテート
 S-8:乳酸エチル
 S-9:酢酸ブチル
 S-10:アニソール
(solvent)
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether S-3: Cyclopentanone S-4: Cyclohexanone S-5: Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate S-6: Dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate S-7: Propylene glycol diacetate S-8: Ethyl lactate S-9: Butyl acetate S-10: Anisole
(特定溶剤)
 Q-1:メシチレン(沸点164.7℃、融点-44.8℃、ClogP値3.639、分子量120)
 Q-2:2-プロピルトルエン(沸点177℃、融点-68℃、ClogP値4.148、分子量134)
 Q-3:テトラリン(沸点207℃、融点-35.8℃、ClogP値3.714、分子量132)
 Q-4:プロピルベンゼン(沸点159℃、融点-99℃、ClogP値3.699、分子量120)
 Q-5:tert-ブチルベンゼン(沸点168℃、融点-58℃、ClogP値3.968、分子量134)
 Q-6:ジフェニルエーテル(沸点258℃、融点25℃、ClogP値4.24、分子量170)
 Q-7:2-tert-ブチルトルエン(沸点200℃、融点0℃以下、ClogP値4.417、分子量148)
 Q-8:2,3,5-トリメチルアニソール(沸点216℃、融点0℃以下、ClogP値3.508、分子量150)
 Q-9:m-キシレン(沸点139℃、融点-48℃、ClogP値3.14、分子量106)
 Q-10:イソブチルベンゼン(沸点170℃、融点-51℃、ClogP値4.098、分子量134)
 Q-11:1,3-ジエチルベンゼン(沸点182℃、融点-84℃、ClogP値4.198、分子量134)
 q-1:ベンゼン
 q-2:トルエン
(Specific solvent)
Q-1: Mesitylene (boiling point 164.7°C, melting point -44.8°C, ClogP value 3.639, molecular weight 120)
Q-2: 2-propyltoluene (boiling point 177°C, melting point -68°C, ClogP value 4.148, molecular weight 134)
Q-3: Tetralin (boiling point 207°C, melting point -35.8°C, ClogP value 3.714, molecular weight 132)
Q-4: Propylbenzene (boiling point 159°C, melting point -99°C, ClogP value 3.699, molecular weight 120)
Q-5: tert-butylbenzene (boiling point 168°C, melting point -58°C, ClogP value 3.968, molecular weight 134)
Q-6: Diphenyl ether (boiling point 258°C, melting point 25°C, ClogP value 4.24, molecular weight 170)
Q-7: 2-tert-butyltoluene (boiling point 200°C, melting point 0°C or less, ClogP value 4.417, molecular weight 148)
Q-8: 2,3,5-trimethylanisole (boiling point 216°C, melting point 0°C or less, ClogP value 3.508, molecular weight 150)
Q-9: m-xylene (boiling point 139°C, melting point -48°C, ClogP value 3.14, molecular weight 106)
Q-10: Isobutylbenzene (boiling point 170°C, melting point -51°C, ClogP value 4.098, molecular weight 134)
Q-11: 1,3-diethylbenzene (boiling point 182°C, melting point -84°C, ClogP value 4.198, molecular weight 134)
q-1: Benzene q-2: Toluene
 特定溶剤Q-1~Q-11、q-1、q-2の波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値は、いずれも10L・mol-1・cm-1以下である。 The maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient of the specific solvents Q-1 to Q-11, q-1, and q-2 in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is all 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less.
<膜の製造>
(製造例1) 実施例1~59、比較例1~12の組成物を用いた膜の製造方法
 各組成物をガラス基板上にスピンコート法で塗布し、その後ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して組成物層を得た。得られた組成物層を、i線ステッパーを用い、500mJ/cmの露光量にて露光した。次いで、露光後の組成物層に対してホットプレートを用いて220℃で5分間加熱して硬化処理を行い、厚さ1.5μmの膜を得た。
<Membrane production>
(Production Example 1) Method for producing films using the compositions of Examples 1 to 59 and Comparative Examples 1 to 12 Each composition was applied onto a glass substrate by spin coating, and then heated at 100°C using a hot plate. A composition layer was obtained by heating for 2 minutes. The obtained composition layer was exposed to light using an i-line stepper at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the exposed composition layer was cured by heating at 220° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a film with a thickness of 1.5 μm.
(製造例2) 実施例201~259、比較例101~112の組成物を用いた膜の製造方法
 上記で調製した各組成物を、ガラス基板上にスピンコート法で塗布し、その後ホットプレートを用いて100℃で10分間加熱(プリベーク)し、次いで、200℃で8分間加熱して硬化処理を行い、厚さ1.5μmの膜を得た。
(Production Example 2) Method for producing films using the compositions of Examples 201 to 259 and Comparative Examples 101 to 112 Each of the compositions prepared above was applied onto a glass substrate by spin coating, and then a hot plate was applied. The film was heated at 100° C. for 10 minutes (prebaking), and then heated at 200° C. for 8 minutes to perform a curing treatment, thereby obtaining a film with a thickness of 1.5 μm.
<欠陥の評価>
 得られた膜について、光学顕微鏡を用いて明視野200倍にて、膜に異物の析出が無いか観察し、下記基準で欠陥を評価した。
 A:異物の析出が見られない
 B:僅かに異物の析出が見られるが、実用上問題なし
 C:異物の析出が見られ、実用上問題あり
 D:異物が激しく析出している
<Defect evaluation>
The obtained film was observed using an optical microscope at 200 times bright field to see if there was any precipitation of foreign matter on the film, and defects were evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: No precipitation of foreign matter is observed B: Slight precipitation of foreign matter is observed, but there is no practical problem C: Precipitation of foreign matter is observed, posing a practical problem D: Foreign matter is violently precipitated
<組成物の経時安定性の評価>
 製造直後の組成物から得られた膜と、製造後室温にて1ヶ月後経時した組成物から得られた膜について、光学顕微鏡を用いて明視野200倍にて膜に異物の析出が無いか観察して、下記式より異物の増加数を算出し、保存安定性を評価した。
 異物の増加数=製造後室温にて1ヶ月後経時した組成物から得られた膜中に存在する異物の個数-製造直後の組成物から得られた膜中に存在する異物の個数
 A:異物の増加数が0~4個
 B:異物の増加数が5~9個
 C:異物の増加数が10~20個
 D:異物の増加数が21~50個
 E:異物の増加数が51個以上
<Evaluation of composition stability over time>
For the film obtained from the composition immediately after production and the film obtained from the composition aged one month at room temperature after production, use an optical microscope to check whether there is any precipitation of foreign matter on the film under bright field magnification of 200 times. After observation, the increase in the number of foreign substances was calculated using the following formula, and storage stability was evaluated.
Increased number of foreign substances = Number of foreign substances present in a film obtained from a composition aged one month at room temperature after production - Number of foreign substances present in a film obtained from a composition immediately after production A: Foreign substances B: The increase in the number of foreign substances is 5 to 9. C: The increase in the number of foreign substances is 10 to 20. D: The increase in the number of foreign substances is 21 to 50. E: The increase in the number of foreign substances is 51. that's all
<耐光性の評価>
 得られた膜の透過率を測定した。次に、この膜をスーパーキセノンランプ(10万ルクス)搭載の退色試験機にセットし、紫外線カットフィルタを使用しない条件下にて、10万ルクスの光を50時間照射して耐光性試験を行った。次に、耐光性試験後の膜の透過率を測定した。耐光性試験前後の膜について、波長400~1200nmの範囲における各波長での透過率の変化量(ΔT)を求め、測定波長域全体でのΔTの最も大きい値に基づき、以下の基準で耐光性を評価した。ΔTの値が小さいほうが耐光性が良好である。なお、膜の透過率は、分光光度計((株)日立ハイテク製、UH-4150)を用いて測定した。
 透過率の変化量(ΔT)=|(耐光性試験後の膜の透過率-耐光性試験前の膜の透過率)|
 A:ΔTが3%未満
 B:ΔTが3%以上5%未満
 C:ΔTが5%以上
<Evaluation of light resistance>
The transmittance of the obtained membrane was measured. Next, this film was set in a fading tester equipped with a super xenon lamp (100,000 lux), and a light resistance test was performed by irradiating it with 100,000 lux light for 50 hours without using a UV cut filter. Ta. Next, the transmittance of the film after the light resistance test was measured. The amount of change in transmittance (ΔT) at each wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 1200 nm is determined for the film before and after the light resistance test, and the light resistance is determined based on the largest value of ΔT in the entire measurement wavelength range using the following criteria. was evaluated. The smaller the value of ΔT, the better the light resistance. The transmittance of the film was measured using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Corporation, UH-4150).
Amount of change in transmittance (ΔT) = | (Transmittance of film after light resistance test - Transmittance of film before light resistance test) |
A: ΔT is less than 3% B: ΔT is 3% or more and less than 5% C: ΔT is 5% or more
<耐湿性の評価>
 得られた膜の透過率を測定した。次に、この膜を、85℃湿度95%の恒温器に入れて6ヵ月間保管して耐湿試験を行った。耐湿試験後の膜について、光学顕微鏡を用いて明視野200倍にて膜に異物の析出が無いか観察して、耐湿試験前後の異物の増加数で耐湿性を評価した。
 A:異物の増加数が0~10個
 B:異物の増加数が11~20個
 C:異物の増加数が21~50個
 D:異物の増加数が51個以上
<Evaluation of moisture resistance>
The transmittance of the obtained membrane was measured. Next, this film was stored in a constant temperature chamber at 85° C. and 95% humidity for 6 months, and a humidity test was conducted. After the moisture resistance test, the film was observed using an optical microscope at 200x bright field to see if there was any precipitation of foreign matter, and the moisture resistance was evaluated by the increase in the number of foreign matter before and after the humidity test.
A: Increased number of foreign objects is 0 to 10 B: Increased number of foreign objects is 11 to 20 C: Increased number of foreign objects is 21 to 50 D: Increased number of foreign objects is 51 or more
 上記表に示すように、実施例は、保存安定性に優れ、欠陥の抑制された膜を形成することができる。 As shown in the table above, the examples have excellent storage stability and can form a film with suppressed defects.
110:固体撮像素子、111:赤外線カットフィルタ、112:カラーフィルタ、114:赤外線透過フィルタ、115:マイクロレンズ、116:平坦化層 110: solid-state image sensor, 111: infrared cut filter, 112: color filter, 114: infrared transmission filter, 115: microlens, 116: flattening layer

Claims (13)

  1.  色素と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤とを含む組成物であって、
     前記溶剤は、炭素数が8以上で、分子量が500以下である芳香族化合物を含み、
     前記組成物中における前記芳香族化合物の含有量が1~50000質量ppmである、組成物。
    A composition comprising a dye, a curable compound, and a solvent,
    The solvent contains an aromatic compound having 8 or more carbon atoms and a molecular weight of 500 or less,
    A composition in which the content of the aromatic compound in the composition is 1 to 50,000 ppm by mass.
  2.  前記色素は、ピロロピロールホウ素錯体、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、サブフタロシアニン化合物、ポルフィリン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、クロコニウム化合物、イミニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、シアニン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、アミニウム化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キノフタロン化合物、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、イソインドリン化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、キサンテン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、インジゴ化合物、リレン化合物、ペリレン化合物、クアテリレン化合物およびキナクリドン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The dye includes a pyrrolopyrrole boron complex, a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, a subphthalocyanine compound, a porphyrin compound, a squarylium compound, a croconium compound, an iminium compound, an oxonol compound, a cyanine compound, a merocyanine compound, an aminium compound, an anthraquinone compound, an azo compound, At least one member selected from the group consisting of azomethine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, isoindoline compounds, triarylmethane compounds, xanthene compounds, pyrromethene compounds, indigo compounds, rylene compounds, perylene compounds, quaterylene compounds, and quinacridone compounds. The composition according to claim 1.
  3.  前記芳香族化合物の沸点が100~350℃である、請求項1または2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the aromatic compound has a boiling point of 100 to 350°C.
  4.  前記芳香族化合物のClogP値が-1.00~10.00である、請求項1または2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the aromatic compound has a ClogP value of -1.00 to 10.00.
  5.  前記芳香族化合物は、波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値が10L・mol-1・cm-1以下である、請求項1または2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the aromatic compound has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  6.  前記芳香族化合物は、m-キシレン、o-キシレン、p-キシレン、テトラリン、ジフェニルエーテル、メシチレン、イソブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、n-ブチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、クメン、p-シメン、o-シメン、1,2,4-トリメチルベンゼン、1,2,3-トリメチルベンゼン、2-エチルトルエン、3-エチルトルエン、4-エチルトルエン、1,3-ジエチルベンゼン、2-プロピルトルエン、2-tert-ブチルトルエンおよび2,3,5-トリメチルアニソールからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1または2に記載の組成物。 The aromatic compounds include m-xylene, o-xylene, p-xylene, tetralin, diphenyl ether, mesitylene, isobutylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, propylbenzene, cumene, p-cymene. , o-cymene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene, 2-ethyltoluene, 3-ethyltoluene, 4-ethyltoluene, 1,3-diethylbenzene, 2-propyltoluene, 2 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of -tert-butyltoluene and 2,3,5-trimethylanisole.
  7.  前記溶剤は、更に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、シクロヘキサノン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールジアセテートおよびアニソールからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1または2に記載の組成物。 The solvent further includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate and anisole. The composition according to claim 1 or 2, comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of.
  8.  請求項1または2に記載の組成物を支持体に塗布する工程を含む膜の製造方法。 A method for producing a membrane, comprising the step of applying the composition according to claim 1 or 2 to a support.
  9.  請求項8に記載の膜の製造方法を含む光学フィルタの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an optical filter, comprising the method for manufacturing a film according to claim 8.
  10.  請求項8に記載の膜の製造方法を含む固体撮像素子の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a solid-state imaging device, comprising the method for manufacturing a film according to claim 8.
  11.  請求項8に記載の膜の製造方法を含む画像表示装置の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an image display device, comprising the method for manufacturing a film according to claim 8.
  12.  請求項8に記載の膜の製造方法を含む赤外線センサの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an infrared sensor, comprising the method for manufacturing a film according to claim 8.
  13.  請求項8に記載の膜の製造方法を含むカメラモジュールの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a camera module, comprising the method for manufacturing a film according to claim 8.
PCT/JP2023/025709 2022-07-25 2023-07-12 Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module WO2024024508A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022117627 2022-07-25
JP2022-117627 2022-07-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024024508A1 true WO2024024508A1 (en) 2024-02-01

Family

ID=89706248

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/025709 WO2024024508A1 (en) 2022-07-25 2023-07-12 Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202411358A (en)
WO (1) WO2024024508A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000059267A1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2000-10-05 Seiko Epson Corporation Composition, method for preparing film, and functional element and method for preparing the same
JP2012021066A (en) * 2010-07-13 2012-02-02 Kaneka Corp Curable coating agent having near infrared ray absorbing power, and near infrared ray absorbing material
JP2013044857A (en) * 2011-08-23 2013-03-04 Toray Ind Inc Coloring composition for color filter substrate, and color filter substrate
JP2015131928A (en) * 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 株式会社クレハ Near-infrared curing composition and use thereof
WO2020044975A1 (en) * 2018-08-27 2020-03-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000059267A1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2000-10-05 Seiko Epson Corporation Composition, method for preparing film, and functional element and method for preparing the same
JP2012021066A (en) * 2010-07-13 2012-02-02 Kaneka Corp Curable coating agent having near infrared ray absorbing power, and near infrared ray absorbing material
JP2013044857A (en) * 2011-08-23 2013-03-04 Toray Ind Inc Coloring composition for color filter substrate, and color filter substrate
JP2015131928A (en) * 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 株式会社クレハ Near-infrared curing composition and use thereof
WO2020044975A1 (en) * 2018-08-27 2020-03-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202411358A (en) 2024-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2022065215A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging sensor, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorber
WO2022202204A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2024025792A (en) Infrared-absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022064896A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filer, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound and infrared absorbent
WO2023085072A1 (en) Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
KR102508636B1 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2024024508A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module
WO2023162574A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023182018A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023176609A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023042605A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2023286582A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023176470A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2023219010A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2022191044A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorbing agent
WO2024070694A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023145699A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2022131191A1 (en) Composition, membrane, optical filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and infrared ray sensor
WO2022130773A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2022130774A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and ir sensor
WO2023162791A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, infrared absorber, film, optical filter and solid-state imaging element
WO2024057998A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorbing agent

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23846239

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1